The Hospitalist-Patient Conundrum

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:38
Display Headline
The Hospitalist-Patient Conundrum

Hospitalist-patient continuity is primarily a function of the number of consecutive days worked by a hospitalist, but the way new referrals are distributed can also affect continuity. This month, I will discuss both.

For my first few years as a hospitalist in the late 1980s and early 1990s, my one partner and I generally worked a schedule of 21 days on and seven days off. While I wouldn’t recommend that anyone try that today, it wasn’t as bad as you might think, because our patient volumes weren’t terribly high and, on about a third of the worked days, I was done shortly after lunch.

While working that schedule, I became aware of its benefit to hospitalist-patient continuity. I can remember many patients with hospital stays of more than two weeks whom I saw every day myself. As you might imagine, my partner and I talked periodically about working fewer than 21 days at a stretch and handing a service over to one another more frequently. But we were concerned that this would make us inefficient because more of our worked days would involve getting to know a new list of patients. In effect, we’d work more hours without an increase in income or patient volume.

While still working the 21-day schedule, I came to know another practice and was stunned that these doctors had taken essentially the opposite approach to scheduling. They worked 24-hour shifts on site and never worked more than one shift at a time. (If your shifts are 24-hours long, you probably can’t or shouldn’t work more than one at a time.) This schedule meant that a patient would see a different hospitalist each day. I couldn’t believe that either the patients or the hospitalists would think this was a reasonable thing to do, but the doctors were convinced it worked well. Later I learned that this group had been started by an emergency medicine practice, and it seems they had made the mistake of inserting an emergency department (ED) physician schedule into a hospitalist practice—and 24-hour shifts for ED doctors were more common then than now.

While the number of consecutive days of work is the most important variable in determining continuity, the way a group distributes new referrals can also have an impact.

So, early in my career, the first two schedules I became acquainted with sat on opposite ends of a continuum that has since been filled in by many other options. Both the practice I was part of and the 24-hour-shift practice abandoned their original schedules within a few years and moved on to other alternatives. In fact, I have since worked nearly every schedule you can imagine, including the seven-on/seven-off schedule, which I think is a suboptimal choice for most groups. (See August 2006 “Career Management,” p. 9.) With each variation in my work schedule, I’ve thought a lot about its effect on continuity.

While there isn’t a great deal of research to prove it, improved continuity is probably associated with improvements in things like:

  • Quality care and safety;
  • Patient satisfaction (and probably hospitalist satisfaction also);
  • Hospital resource utilization; and
  • Hospitalist efficiency.

When hospitalists design a schedule, I recommend that the doctors think first about what will allow them a sustainable lifestyle while ensuring the necessary coverage—for some practices, this means keeping a doctor in the hospital around the clock. Ideally, they will come up with several options that satisfy these two metrics. In many cases, the option that results in the best continuity is the one they should choose.

 

 

While the number of consecutive days of work is the most important variable in determining continuity, the way a group distributes new referrals can also have an effect. If a hospitalist doesn’t take on any new referrals on the day before starting a series of days off, there will be fewer patients to hand over to the doctor who takes over the next day. If every member of the practice is exempted from taking on new patients on the day before rotating off, then fewer patients will have a new hospitalist, which means continuity is better. Another way to think of this is that new referrals are “frontloaded” into the earlier days a hospitalist works in each series, and no new patients are assigned on the last day—or maybe more—of a hospitalist’s consecutive days of work.

In my experience, most groups try to distribute patients equally to each doctor each day. This means that a doctor who will be off starting tomorrow takes the standard portion of new referrals to the practice today. The fact that all of those patients will be turned over to a new hospitalist tomorrow, however, adversely affects continuity.

Note that exempting a group member from taking on new patients on the last day of a rotation means that the doctors can’t all rotate on and off on the same day. For example, if a group has four doctors working each day, and all rotate off on the same day—a common practice—then of course it is impossible to exempt all the doctors from new referrals on the day before going off. Instead, it will work best if only one doctor rotates on or off at a time. That leaves all the other doctors available to accept new referrals, while exempting the one about to rotate off.

You can see how adjusting the number of consecutive days worked affects continuity by using this formula:

Continuity = [days — (LOS — 1)]/days x 100

Continuity = the percent of patients who have the same hospitalist for every day of their stay

Days = number of consecutive days worked by an individual hospitalist

LOS = length of stay (best to use median LOS, but mean LOS still allows a reasonable estimate)

Note: The continuity that is derived using this formula can be improved if doctors in the practice are exempted from accepting new referrals on the day before rotating off.

This approach has benefits that go beyond improving continuity. It means a hospitalist’s workload the day before rotating off will be lighter than on other days. This provides extra time to “tee the patient up” for the next hospitalist—maybe write a more detailed note or dictate a discharge summary in anticipation of the patient leaving the next day—and/or it means a shorter day of work, assuming the doctors can leave the hospital when their work is done and aren’t required to stay around until the end of a pre-defined shift. This shorter day can mean an opportunity to do things like scheduling a flight to vacation late on the last day of work rather than the next morning, which might mean an extra day out of town.

And if a doctor isn’t assigned any new patients on the day prior to rotating off, there will be fewer patients to get to know for the doctor coming in the next day. The first day back on service will be less stressful and, arguably, more efficient.

A principle benefit of having all hospitalists switch on the same day is that the system quickly becomes transparent to the hospital staff. They learn that every Monday—or whatever day is decided upon—all of the hospitalists are getting to know patients for the first time and will probably round much more slowly. Many important processes, such as discharges, may be delayed until later in the day. If only one hospitalist switches at a time, hospital staff will have a hard time keeping up. Any inefficiencies caused by the switch will be spread over many days, however, and this may make it easier to handle. And if patients are teed up better for the new hospitalist and there are fewer patients on the list, the inefficiency that is caused by a new doctor getting to know the patients can be offset by the smaller number of patients. That means, for example, that discharges are much less likely to be delayed because of the smaller patient load on the doctor’s first day on service.

 

 

Up to this point I’ve been discussing continuity during a single admission. What about continuity from one admission to the next? Nearly all groups assign patients based on when they are admitted, and the hospitalist who cared for the patient during a prior admission may have little influence on which hospitalist admits them this time. If a patient is readmitted within a week or two, and the previous attending hospitalist is working, some groups will try to pair them once again through a bounce-back system.

It’s worth thinking about whether your group could make an effort to always have the same hospitalist care for a patient unless that physician is off—even if the admissions are months apart. This system would mean that on first admission to the practice a patient would be assigned to the hospitalist who is up next. In this way, each hospitalist in the group would develop his or her own panel of patients. This would be particularly valuable for patients who are admitted frequently; however, it would be difficult for a doctor to control how labor-intensive his patient panel might become. One person might have the bad luck to collect far more medically and socially complex patients than others in the group, and workloads might become unbalanced, making the whole group less efficient. I’m hopeful that a group will come up with a way to overcome these problems and create a workable system of good continuity from one admission to the next, but, as far as I’m aware, no group is doing this now. If you have a workable system, please let me know.

One group I worked with years ago addressed continuity from one admission to the next by using a system that matched each hospitalist with a panel of referring doctors. For example, the same hospitalist would always admit the patients “belonging to” a cadre of primary care physicians (PCPs), and another hospitalist in the group would always admit patients from another set of PCPs. The patient would see the same hospitalist each admission, and the hospitalist could develop a close working relationship with the panel of PCPs. The hospitalist and the PCP became familiar with each other’s practice styles, schedules, and days off, and memorized one another’s phone and fax numbers, the names of office and support staff, and so on, making for a very smooth working relationship that could benefit patient care. If the assigned hospitalist was off when a particular PCP’s patient needed admission, then a partner would provide interim care and turn the patient over when that hospitalist returned.

As you can imagine, this can be a difficult system to implement because there are many days on which a patient might be hospitalized when the assigned hospitalist is not around. Additionally, it is nearly impossible to divide PCPs and their patients equitably so that each hospitalist has a reasonable workload and patient complexity. I can imagine this group meeting periodically to match hospitalists and PCPs in a fashion similar to a fantasy football draft: “I’ll take PCP Smith and Williams from you, if you take PCP Wilson off my hands.”

I’m interested in hearing any additional ideas groups have developed to facilitate good continuity. The number of consecutive days worked by each hospitalist and the way new patients are assigned are significant ways to influence continuity, but there may be others that we should all keep in mind. And remember, maximizing continuity is not only good for patients; it enables the hospitalist practice to function more efficiently because it minimizes the number of new patients each hospitalist will have to get to know. TH

 

 

Dr. Nelson has been a practicing hospitalist since 1988 and is a co-founder and past-president of SHM. He is a principal in Nelson/Flores Associates, a national hospitalist practice management consulting firm. This column represents his views and is not intended to reflect an official position of SHM.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Sections

Hospitalist-patient continuity is primarily a function of the number of consecutive days worked by a hospitalist, but the way new referrals are distributed can also affect continuity. This month, I will discuss both.

For my first few years as a hospitalist in the late 1980s and early 1990s, my one partner and I generally worked a schedule of 21 days on and seven days off. While I wouldn’t recommend that anyone try that today, it wasn’t as bad as you might think, because our patient volumes weren’t terribly high and, on about a third of the worked days, I was done shortly after lunch.

While working that schedule, I became aware of its benefit to hospitalist-patient continuity. I can remember many patients with hospital stays of more than two weeks whom I saw every day myself. As you might imagine, my partner and I talked periodically about working fewer than 21 days at a stretch and handing a service over to one another more frequently. But we were concerned that this would make us inefficient because more of our worked days would involve getting to know a new list of patients. In effect, we’d work more hours without an increase in income or patient volume.

While still working the 21-day schedule, I came to know another practice and was stunned that these doctors had taken essentially the opposite approach to scheduling. They worked 24-hour shifts on site and never worked more than one shift at a time. (If your shifts are 24-hours long, you probably can’t or shouldn’t work more than one at a time.) This schedule meant that a patient would see a different hospitalist each day. I couldn’t believe that either the patients or the hospitalists would think this was a reasonable thing to do, but the doctors were convinced it worked well. Later I learned that this group had been started by an emergency medicine practice, and it seems they had made the mistake of inserting an emergency department (ED) physician schedule into a hospitalist practice—and 24-hour shifts for ED doctors were more common then than now.

While the number of consecutive days of work is the most important variable in determining continuity, the way a group distributes new referrals can also have an impact.

So, early in my career, the first two schedules I became acquainted with sat on opposite ends of a continuum that has since been filled in by many other options. Both the practice I was part of and the 24-hour-shift practice abandoned their original schedules within a few years and moved on to other alternatives. In fact, I have since worked nearly every schedule you can imagine, including the seven-on/seven-off schedule, which I think is a suboptimal choice for most groups. (See August 2006 “Career Management,” p. 9.) With each variation in my work schedule, I’ve thought a lot about its effect on continuity.

While there isn’t a great deal of research to prove it, improved continuity is probably associated with improvements in things like:

  • Quality care and safety;
  • Patient satisfaction (and probably hospitalist satisfaction also);
  • Hospital resource utilization; and
  • Hospitalist efficiency.

When hospitalists design a schedule, I recommend that the doctors think first about what will allow them a sustainable lifestyle while ensuring the necessary coverage—for some practices, this means keeping a doctor in the hospital around the clock. Ideally, they will come up with several options that satisfy these two metrics. In many cases, the option that results in the best continuity is the one they should choose.

 

 

While the number of consecutive days of work is the most important variable in determining continuity, the way a group distributes new referrals can also have an effect. If a hospitalist doesn’t take on any new referrals on the day before starting a series of days off, there will be fewer patients to hand over to the doctor who takes over the next day. If every member of the practice is exempted from taking on new patients on the day before rotating off, then fewer patients will have a new hospitalist, which means continuity is better. Another way to think of this is that new referrals are “frontloaded” into the earlier days a hospitalist works in each series, and no new patients are assigned on the last day—or maybe more—of a hospitalist’s consecutive days of work.

In my experience, most groups try to distribute patients equally to each doctor each day. This means that a doctor who will be off starting tomorrow takes the standard portion of new referrals to the practice today. The fact that all of those patients will be turned over to a new hospitalist tomorrow, however, adversely affects continuity.

Note that exempting a group member from taking on new patients on the last day of a rotation means that the doctors can’t all rotate on and off on the same day. For example, if a group has four doctors working each day, and all rotate off on the same day—a common practice—then of course it is impossible to exempt all the doctors from new referrals on the day before going off. Instead, it will work best if only one doctor rotates on or off at a time. That leaves all the other doctors available to accept new referrals, while exempting the one about to rotate off.

You can see how adjusting the number of consecutive days worked affects continuity by using this formula:

Continuity = [days — (LOS — 1)]/days x 100

Continuity = the percent of patients who have the same hospitalist for every day of their stay

Days = number of consecutive days worked by an individual hospitalist

LOS = length of stay (best to use median LOS, but mean LOS still allows a reasonable estimate)

Note: The continuity that is derived using this formula can be improved if doctors in the practice are exempted from accepting new referrals on the day before rotating off.

This approach has benefits that go beyond improving continuity. It means a hospitalist’s workload the day before rotating off will be lighter than on other days. This provides extra time to “tee the patient up” for the next hospitalist—maybe write a more detailed note or dictate a discharge summary in anticipation of the patient leaving the next day—and/or it means a shorter day of work, assuming the doctors can leave the hospital when their work is done and aren’t required to stay around until the end of a pre-defined shift. This shorter day can mean an opportunity to do things like scheduling a flight to vacation late on the last day of work rather than the next morning, which might mean an extra day out of town.

And if a doctor isn’t assigned any new patients on the day prior to rotating off, there will be fewer patients to get to know for the doctor coming in the next day. The first day back on service will be less stressful and, arguably, more efficient.

A principle benefit of having all hospitalists switch on the same day is that the system quickly becomes transparent to the hospital staff. They learn that every Monday—or whatever day is decided upon—all of the hospitalists are getting to know patients for the first time and will probably round much more slowly. Many important processes, such as discharges, may be delayed until later in the day. If only one hospitalist switches at a time, hospital staff will have a hard time keeping up. Any inefficiencies caused by the switch will be spread over many days, however, and this may make it easier to handle. And if patients are teed up better for the new hospitalist and there are fewer patients on the list, the inefficiency that is caused by a new doctor getting to know the patients can be offset by the smaller number of patients. That means, for example, that discharges are much less likely to be delayed because of the smaller patient load on the doctor’s first day on service.

 

 

Up to this point I’ve been discussing continuity during a single admission. What about continuity from one admission to the next? Nearly all groups assign patients based on when they are admitted, and the hospitalist who cared for the patient during a prior admission may have little influence on which hospitalist admits them this time. If a patient is readmitted within a week or two, and the previous attending hospitalist is working, some groups will try to pair them once again through a bounce-back system.

It’s worth thinking about whether your group could make an effort to always have the same hospitalist care for a patient unless that physician is off—even if the admissions are months apart. This system would mean that on first admission to the practice a patient would be assigned to the hospitalist who is up next. In this way, each hospitalist in the group would develop his or her own panel of patients. This would be particularly valuable for patients who are admitted frequently; however, it would be difficult for a doctor to control how labor-intensive his patient panel might become. One person might have the bad luck to collect far more medically and socially complex patients than others in the group, and workloads might become unbalanced, making the whole group less efficient. I’m hopeful that a group will come up with a way to overcome these problems and create a workable system of good continuity from one admission to the next, but, as far as I’m aware, no group is doing this now. If you have a workable system, please let me know.

One group I worked with years ago addressed continuity from one admission to the next by using a system that matched each hospitalist with a panel of referring doctors. For example, the same hospitalist would always admit the patients “belonging to” a cadre of primary care physicians (PCPs), and another hospitalist in the group would always admit patients from another set of PCPs. The patient would see the same hospitalist each admission, and the hospitalist could develop a close working relationship with the panel of PCPs. The hospitalist and the PCP became familiar with each other’s practice styles, schedules, and days off, and memorized one another’s phone and fax numbers, the names of office and support staff, and so on, making for a very smooth working relationship that could benefit patient care. If the assigned hospitalist was off when a particular PCP’s patient needed admission, then a partner would provide interim care and turn the patient over when that hospitalist returned.

As you can imagine, this can be a difficult system to implement because there are many days on which a patient might be hospitalized when the assigned hospitalist is not around. Additionally, it is nearly impossible to divide PCPs and their patients equitably so that each hospitalist has a reasonable workload and patient complexity. I can imagine this group meeting periodically to match hospitalists and PCPs in a fashion similar to a fantasy football draft: “I’ll take PCP Smith and Williams from you, if you take PCP Wilson off my hands.”

I’m interested in hearing any additional ideas groups have developed to facilitate good continuity. The number of consecutive days worked by each hospitalist and the way new patients are assigned are significant ways to influence continuity, but there may be others that we should all keep in mind. And remember, maximizing continuity is not only good for patients; it enables the hospitalist practice to function more efficiently because it minimizes the number of new patients each hospitalist will have to get to know. TH

 

 

Dr. Nelson has been a practicing hospitalist since 1988 and is a co-founder and past-president of SHM. He is a principal in Nelson/Flores Associates, a national hospitalist practice management consulting firm. This column represents his views and is not intended to reflect an official position of SHM.

Hospitalist-patient continuity is primarily a function of the number of consecutive days worked by a hospitalist, but the way new referrals are distributed can also affect continuity. This month, I will discuss both.

For my first few years as a hospitalist in the late 1980s and early 1990s, my one partner and I generally worked a schedule of 21 days on and seven days off. While I wouldn’t recommend that anyone try that today, it wasn’t as bad as you might think, because our patient volumes weren’t terribly high and, on about a third of the worked days, I was done shortly after lunch.

While working that schedule, I became aware of its benefit to hospitalist-patient continuity. I can remember many patients with hospital stays of more than two weeks whom I saw every day myself. As you might imagine, my partner and I talked periodically about working fewer than 21 days at a stretch and handing a service over to one another more frequently. But we were concerned that this would make us inefficient because more of our worked days would involve getting to know a new list of patients. In effect, we’d work more hours without an increase in income or patient volume.

While still working the 21-day schedule, I came to know another practice and was stunned that these doctors had taken essentially the opposite approach to scheduling. They worked 24-hour shifts on site and never worked more than one shift at a time. (If your shifts are 24-hours long, you probably can’t or shouldn’t work more than one at a time.) This schedule meant that a patient would see a different hospitalist each day. I couldn’t believe that either the patients or the hospitalists would think this was a reasonable thing to do, but the doctors were convinced it worked well. Later I learned that this group had been started by an emergency medicine practice, and it seems they had made the mistake of inserting an emergency department (ED) physician schedule into a hospitalist practice—and 24-hour shifts for ED doctors were more common then than now.

While the number of consecutive days of work is the most important variable in determining continuity, the way a group distributes new referrals can also have an impact.

So, early in my career, the first two schedules I became acquainted with sat on opposite ends of a continuum that has since been filled in by many other options. Both the practice I was part of and the 24-hour-shift practice abandoned their original schedules within a few years and moved on to other alternatives. In fact, I have since worked nearly every schedule you can imagine, including the seven-on/seven-off schedule, which I think is a suboptimal choice for most groups. (See August 2006 “Career Management,” p. 9.) With each variation in my work schedule, I’ve thought a lot about its effect on continuity.

While there isn’t a great deal of research to prove it, improved continuity is probably associated with improvements in things like:

  • Quality care and safety;
  • Patient satisfaction (and probably hospitalist satisfaction also);
  • Hospital resource utilization; and
  • Hospitalist efficiency.

When hospitalists design a schedule, I recommend that the doctors think first about what will allow them a sustainable lifestyle while ensuring the necessary coverage—for some practices, this means keeping a doctor in the hospital around the clock. Ideally, they will come up with several options that satisfy these two metrics. In many cases, the option that results in the best continuity is the one they should choose.

 

 

While the number of consecutive days of work is the most important variable in determining continuity, the way a group distributes new referrals can also have an effect. If a hospitalist doesn’t take on any new referrals on the day before starting a series of days off, there will be fewer patients to hand over to the doctor who takes over the next day. If every member of the practice is exempted from taking on new patients on the day before rotating off, then fewer patients will have a new hospitalist, which means continuity is better. Another way to think of this is that new referrals are “frontloaded” into the earlier days a hospitalist works in each series, and no new patients are assigned on the last day—or maybe more—of a hospitalist’s consecutive days of work.

In my experience, most groups try to distribute patients equally to each doctor each day. This means that a doctor who will be off starting tomorrow takes the standard portion of new referrals to the practice today. The fact that all of those patients will be turned over to a new hospitalist tomorrow, however, adversely affects continuity.

Note that exempting a group member from taking on new patients on the last day of a rotation means that the doctors can’t all rotate on and off on the same day. For example, if a group has four doctors working each day, and all rotate off on the same day—a common practice—then of course it is impossible to exempt all the doctors from new referrals on the day before going off. Instead, it will work best if only one doctor rotates on or off at a time. That leaves all the other doctors available to accept new referrals, while exempting the one about to rotate off.

You can see how adjusting the number of consecutive days worked affects continuity by using this formula:

Continuity = [days — (LOS — 1)]/days x 100

Continuity = the percent of patients who have the same hospitalist for every day of their stay

Days = number of consecutive days worked by an individual hospitalist

LOS = length of stay (best to use median LOS, but mean LOS still allows a reasonable estimate)

Note: The continuity that is derived using this formula can be improved if doctors in the practice are exempted from accepting new referrals on the day before rotating off.

This approach has benefits that go beyond improving continuity. It means a hospitalist’s workload the day before rotating off will be lighter than on other days. This provides extra time to “tee the patient up” for the next hospitalist—maybe write a more detailed note or dictate a discharge summary in anticipation of the patient leaving the next day—and/or it means a shorter day of work, assuming the doctors can leave the hospital when their work is done and aren’t required to stay around until the end of a pre-defined shift. This shorter day can mean an opportunity to do things like scheduling a flight to vacation late on the last day of work rather than the next morning, which might mean an extra day out of town.

And if a doctor isn’t assigned any new patients on the day prior to rotating off, there will be fewer patients to get to know for the doctor coming in the next day. The first day back on service will be less stressful and, arguably, more efficient.

A principle benefit of having all hospitalists switch on the same day is that the system quickly becomes transparent to the hospital staff. They learn that every Monday—or whatever day is decided upon—all of the hospitalists are getting to know patients for the first time and will probably round much more slowly. Many important processes, such as discharges, may be delayed until later in the day. If only one hospitalist switches at a time, hospital staff will have a hard time keeping up. Any inefficiencies caused by the switch will be spread over many days, however, and this may make it easier to handle. And if patients are teed up better for the new hospitalist and there are fewer patients on the list, the inefficiency that is caused by a new doctor getting to know the patients can be offset by the smaller number of patients. That means, for example, that discharges are much less likely to be delayed because of the smaller patient load on the doctor’s first day on service.

 

 

Up to this point I’ve been discussing continuity during a single admission. What about continuity from one admission to the next? Nearly all groups assign patients based on when they are admitted, and the hospitalist who cared for the patient during a prior admission may have little influence on which hospitalist admits them this time. If a patient is readmitted within a week or two, and the previous attending hospitalist is working, some groups will try to pair them once again through a bounce-back system.

It’s worth thinking about whether your group could make an effort to always have the same hospitalist care for a patient unless that physician is off—even if the admissions are months apart. This system would mean that on first admission to the practice a patient would be assigned to the hospitalist who is up next. In this way, each hospitalist in the group would develop his or her own panel of patients. This would be particularly valuable for patients who are admitted frequently; however, it would be difficult for a doctor to control how labor-intensive his patient panel might become. One person might have the bad luck to collect far more medically and socially complex patients than others in the group, and workloads might become unbalanced, making the whole group less efficient. I’m hopeful that a group will come up with a way to overcome these problems and create a workable system of good continuity from one admission to the next, but, as far as I’m aware, no group is doing this now. If you have a workable system, please let me know.

One group I worked with years ago addressed continuity from one admission to the next by using a system that matched each hospitalist with a panel of referring doctors. For example, the same hospitalist would always admit the patients “belonging to” a cadre of primary care physicians (PCPs), and another hospitalist in the group would always admit patients from another set of PCPs. The patient would see the same hospitalist each admission, and the hospitalist could develop a close working relationship with the panel of PCPs. The hospitalist and the PCP became familiar with each other’s practice styles, schedules, and days off, and memorized one another’s phone and fax numbers, the names of office and support staff, and so on, making for a very smooth working relationship that could benefit patient care. If the assigned hospitalist was off when a particular PCP’s patient needed admission, then a partner would provide interim care and turn the patient over when that hospitalist returned.

As you can imagine, this can be a difficult system to implement because there are many days on which a patient might be hospitalized when the assigned hospitalist is not around. Additionally, it is nearly impossible to divide PCPs and their patients equitably so that each hospitalist has a reasonable workload and patient complexity. I can imagine this group meeting periodically to match hospitalists and PCPs in a fashion similar to a fantasy football draft: “I’ll take PCP Smith and Williams from you, if you take PCP Wilson off my hands.”

I’m interested in hearing any additional ideas groups have developed to facilitate good continuity. The number of consecutive days worked by each hospitalist and the way new patients are assigned are significant ways to influence continuity, but there may be others that we should all keep in mind. And remember, maximizing continuity is not only good for patients; it enables the hospitalist practice to function more efficiently because it minimizes the number of new patients each hospitalist will have to get to know. TH

 

 

Dr. Nelson has been a practicing hospitalist since 1988 and is a co-founder and past-president of SHM. He is a principal in Nelson/Flores Associates, a national hospitalist practice management consulting firm. This column represents his views and is not intended to reflect an official position of SHM.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
The Hospitalist-Patient Conundrum
Display Headline
The Hospitalist-Patient Conundrum
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

The Business of Hospitalists

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:38
Display Headline
The Business of Hospitalists

In March 2005, the Association of American Medical Colleges announced that America will face a shortage of between 85,000 and 200,000 physicians by 2020. The U.S. population is growing faster than the number of new physicians entering the workforce. How big the shortfall will be has been argued since last year, but most pundits expect there to be too few physicians—in total—to take care of the burgeoning population, especially the elderly.

If a shortage of physicians is to be anticipated, what effect might this have on hospitals and hospitalists?

Where Does the Number Come From?

The debate about the range of the projected shortfall of 85,000 to 200,000 physicians reflects several differing assumptions. All estimates are based on the ratio of physicians to the overall population. Different estimates are based on distinctive models for the necessary staffing of the medical enterprise. For example, prepaid medical groups that serve large populations of patients (e.g., Kaiser Permanente) have physician-per-capita ratios of up to 20% less than fee-for-service environments. A larger elderly population will likely demand more medical services per capita. So, the estimate of a shortfall depends on the model of medical care for 2020 anticipated to be predominant in 2020 and a calculation of usage rate per capita for services—again, especially among the elderly.

Work/life balance choices that recent medical school graduates make also add to the uncertainty of predictions concerning the relative size of the shortage in total and by specialty. Young men and women graduating today increasingly express a preference for reduced or more manageable hours of work per week, sometimes opting for shift work or other forms of more predictable workload. There is also an understanding that women physicians tend to work part-time in some stages of their career—especially when they are trying to balance the demands of starting and raising a young family. Many of their male spouses are making similar choices.

The Specialty Nature of the Shortfall

A relative shortfall in available physicians relates to the specialty choice of new residency graduates. From 1996 to 2002, for example, certain specialties experienced increases in the number of applicants to residency programs, such as anesthesiology, dermatology, and radiology; whereas, other specialties saw reduced demand for training slots, such as in family practice and general surgery. For example, U.S. medical school seniors filled 89% of the general surgery residency slots available in 1996, but only 75% of the available slots in 2002.

The relative number of physicians in certain geographies will also be affected by the attractiveness of that particular area of the country or practice location and style, such as rural versus urban or suburban.

Physicians’ retirement rates generate different estimates, too. Currently, 18% of physicians in the United States are older than 65—compared with 12.6% of the overall population. In certain states, the percentage of physicians older than 65 is substantially higher, in some cases more than 20%. Different analysts generate different expectations about how many physicians over age 65 will leave the workforce. The number of hours that doctors practice and their decisions about when they will retire, based on their personal financial circumstances, are quite varied. This makes calculations of the shortfall to be anticipated subject to a variety of interpretations

Substitution

There is a debate also over the question of substitution. If there are too few physicians in the United States, will a shortfall in supply be made up by increasing numbers of foreign medical graduates or by other non-physician practitioners?

New foreign medical graduates may make up perhaps as many as 6,000 positions nationally. This will not make up for the shortfall of between 3,000 and 10,000 per year of additional physicians who need to graduate and enter the workforce.

 

 

Substitution by non-physician practitioners will mitigate some of the effects of the shortfall. We can anticipate that the use of nurse practitioners, physician assistants, nurses, and health educators will increase in situations where they can substitute for lower intensity medical care—especially in primary care settings, outpatient environments, and as adjuncts to care delivered by proceduralists and surgeons of many types. This will make some difference in the overall expectation for reduced availability of physicians.

Given all of these inputs, all projections point to a shortage of physicians, but none of the analyses agree on the absolute size.

The Effects of the Shortage

In any event, the projected shortage will affect how hospitals support their various service lines and, thus, will impact on the work performed by hospitalists, intensivists, and other physicians who support that work in hospitals. Hospitals anticipate this effect at the intersection of the shortage with increasing demands for rapid throughput, thorough and safe care for patients, and accountability for clearly specified clinical outcomes. Hospitals are already worrying about how to staff neurosurgery, cardiology, and general surgery positions. Changes in how primary care is delivered will affect where patient referrals come from and hospitals’ relationship with their specialist physicians.

How Will a Shortage Affect Hospitalists?

Increasing demand for services: With fewer physicians choosing general or primary care practice, hospitalists will find increasing demand for their services as coverage for acute care. Fewer primary care physicians will be able to afford the luxury of inpatient practice and gravitate toward highly efficient outpatient office-based practice while referring acute care to their hospitalist colleagues and specialists to pick up the slack for specific procedures, hospital follow-up care and return on discharge.

Hospitalists will be responsible then for a larger population of inpatients, providing for comprehensive care management in coordinating the services for all the care needs of many different types of diagnoses.

Increasing span of influence: In addition, there will be increasing demand by procedure-oriented physicians for hospitalist coverage to improve their efficiency in providing acute specialty care. Some of this demand may spill into single-specialty outpatient and focused freestanding hospital environments. Hospitalists will be pulled to cover specialists, who find their efficiency and the volume of work required prohibits them from providing comprehensive inpatient care for complex patients. They will prefer to focus on procedural interventions. Orthopedic surgery, cardiac surgery, neurosurgery, and cardiology, in particular, are likely to be new clients for hospitalist services.

Increasing emphasis on multidisciplinary care: Given the demand for evidence-based outcomes, hospitalists will provide physician input into clinical care design for a greater variety of patients in an increasing span of clinical service lines. This will put a demand on hospitalists for skills related to teamwork, leadership, and management in group environments. It will also require hospitalists to become broadly knowledgeable about the skills and contributions of all other potential care providers.

The New Medical Staff

The looming physician shortage in the United States will significantly affect the demand for and the variety and scope of work that hospitalists perform. The number of medical specialties dependent on hospitalist services will broaden. And hospitals will turn to hospitalists as their primary medical staff partners, responsible for the majority of medical staff functions and responsibilities. TH

Mike Guthrie, MD, is executive in residence at the University of Colorado (Denver) School of Business, Program in Health Administration, and a faculty member of SHM’s Leadership Academy.

What about the Nurses?

Healthcare Workforce Data shows medical training not keeping pace with population growth

By Larry Beresford

California has more employed registered nurses—211,068—than any other state, but it has the fewest RNs per capita (588 per 100,000 population). That is one of the key findings in a new report, The United States Health Workforce Profile, released last November by the Center for Health Workforce Studies at the University of Albany, N.Y. The highest concentration of America’s 2.4 million RNs employed in nursing is in New Hampshire, with 1,283 per 100,000 people, followed by South Dakota, North Dakota, Massachusetts, and Maine. Arkansas employs the most licensed practical nurses per capita—461 per 100,000 people or 63 for every 100 employed RNs.

The survey also found that Massachusetts has the highest concentration of physicians—303 for every 100,000 people—followed by Maryland, Vermont, Rhode Island, Connecticut, and New York; Mississippi has the lowest. Vermont, Massachusetts, and Maine have the most primary care doctors per capita.

The workforce study used 2004 data from the U.S. Department of Labor’s Bureau of Labor Statistics, the Area Resource File of physician data produced by QRS, Inc., for the U.S. Health Resources and Services Administration, the Division of Nursing’s 2004 National Sample Survey of RNs, and other sources to capture state, regional, and national workforce trends for physicians, nurses, and about two dozen other categories of health providers.

The report tallied 8.5 million health professionals working in health service settings—including hospitals, nursing homes, home health agencies, offices, and clinics—and another 4.1 million working in non-healthcare settings such as schools and insurance offices. Add 4.4 million non-health professionals working in health service settings, and the U.S. health workforce exceeds 17 million—12% of the country’s civilian labor force.

The success of the healthcare system in the United States depends on having sufficient, qualified personnel to provide needed services, and this report offers an array of data to help planners and policymakers understand and address workforce trends, explains Jean Moore, director of the workforce center and one of the report’s authors.

“This report is the view from 30,000 feet,” she says. “It gives you a starting point for drilling down into issues of supply and demand.”

It will be up to state policymakers and health professional groups to interpret the results. “You should do employer demand surveys—who are they having the most trouble recruiting and retaining?” adds Moore.

Although the report does not break out individual medical specialties, focusing only on primary care as a whole the potential for future shortages of physicians in some categories and locales is an important concern. “Understanding physician supply and looking down the road to potential shortages suggests the need to think smart,” says Moore. “If you can’t find enough physicians, can you consider physician extenders? Looking at demographics as our population ages, I think the nature of healthcare will change—with a lot more focus on chronic disease management. But to what extent are we preparing future physicians for this role?”

John Nelson, MD, a hospitalist and consultant in Bellevue, Wash., and a columnist for The Hospitalist, agrees that the role of hospitalists is likely to evolve. “We’ve always said that hospitalists will have to adapt our scope of practice according to the changing demands of the systems we’re part of,” he says. “Workforce shortages in different categories will affect what we do.”

In some facilities, hospitalists would never admit neurosurgery patients, while in other places they do.

Hospital medicine could be considered the fastest growing medical field in history, adds Robert Wachter, MD, head of the hospital medicine service at the University of California-San Francisco. But even if hospital medicine remains a popular career choice for young physicians, overall shortages of primary care physicians could heighten competition with other care settings that need these doctors.

The physician workforce is aging, and medical training is not keeping up with the aging population, Dr. Wachter notes. Variations in geographic distribution are state by state but also occur in urban, suburban, and rural areas within a state. There is not enough organized manpower planning to ameliorate these inequities.

Other results of the workforce study:

  • The average age of working physicians is 50, while 18% are over 65;
  • Currently, 26% of physicians are female, but 49% of today’s medical school graduates are women;
  • Blacks and Hispanics/Latinos are substantially under-represented in both medicine and nursing;
  • Medical schools had 79,000 students enroll in 2004, up slightly from 73,000 in 1987, although most of this growth was in osteopathic medical schools. Graduation rates are not keeping up with population growth;
  • Advanced practice nurses were found in the highest concentration in Alaska, Washington, New Hampshire, and Delaware; and
  • The number of physician assistant degrees awarded grew 1,700% in the past decade to approximately 50,000, with the heaviest concentrations in the Northeast, Alaska, and South Dakota.

View a full copy of the 164-page report at: www.albany.edu/news/pdf_files/U.S._Health_Workforce_Profile_October2006_11-09.pdf.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Sections

In March 2005, the Association of American Medical Colleges announced that America will face a shortage of between 85,000 and 200,000 physicians by 2020. The U.S. population is growing faster than the number of new physicians entering the workforce. How big the shortfall will be has been argued since last year, but most pundits expect there to be too few physicians—in total—to take care of the burgeoning population, especially the elderly.

If a shortage of physicians is to be anticipated, what effect might this have on hospitals and hospitalists?

Where Does the Number Come From?

The debate about the range of the projected shortfall of 85,000 to 200,000 physicians reflects several differing assumptions. All estimates are based on the ratio of physicians to the overall population. Different estimates are based on distinctive models for the necessary staffing of the medical enterprise. For example, prepaid medical groups that serve large populations of patients (e.g., Kaiser Permanente) have physician-per-capita ratios of up to 20% less than fee-for-service environments. A larger elderly population will likely demand more medical services per capita. So, the estimate of a shortfall depends on the model of medical care for 2020 anticipated to be predominant in 2020 and a calculation of usage rate per capita for services—again, especially among the elderly.

Work/life balance choices that recent medical school graduates make also add to the uncertainty of predictions concerning the relative size of the shortage in total and by specialty. Young men and women graduating today increasingly express a preference for reduced or more manageable hours of work per week, sometimes opting for shift work or other forms of more predictable workload. There is also an understanding that women physicians tend to work part-time in some stages of their career—especially when they are trying to balance the demands of starting and raising a young family. Many of their male spouses are making similar choices.

The Specialty Nature of the Shortfall

A relative shortfall in available physicians relates to the specialty choice of new residency graduates. From 1996 to 2002, for example, certain specialties experienced increases in the number of applicants to residency programs, such as anesthesiology, dermatology, and radiology; whereas, other specialties saw reduced demand for training slots, such as in family practice and general surgery. For example, U.S. medical school seniors filled 89% of the general surgery residency slots available in 1996, but only 75% of the available slots in 2002.

The relative number of physicians in certain geographies will also be affected by the attractiveness of that particular area of the country or practice location and style, such as rural versus urban or suburban.

Physicians’ retirement rates generate different estimates, too. Currently, 18% of physicians in the United States are older than 65—compared with 12.6% of the overall population. In certain states, the percentage of physicians older than 65 is substantially higher, in some cases more than 20%. Different analysts generate different expectations about how many physicians over age 65 will leave the workforce. The number of hours that doctors practice and their decisions about when they will retire, based on their personal financial circumstances, are quite varied. This makes calculations of the shortfall to be anticipated subject to a variety of interpretations

Substitution

There is a debate also over the question of substitution. If there are too few physicians in the United States, will a shortfall in supply be made up by increasing numbers of foreign medical graduates or by other non-physician practitioners?

New foreign medical graduates may make up perhaps as many as 6,000 positions nationally. This will not make up for the shortfall of between 3,000 and 10,000 per year of additional physicians who need to graduate and enter the workforce.

 

 

Substitution by non-physician practitioners will mitigate some of the effects of the shortfall. We can anticipate that the use of nurse practitioners, physician assistants, nurses, and health educators will increase in situations where they can substitute for lower intensity medical care—especially in primary care settings, outpatient environments, and as adjuncts to care delivered by proceduralists and surgeons of many types. This will make some difference in the overall expectation for reduced availability of physicians.

Given all of these inputs, all projections point to a shortage of physicians, but none of the analyses agree on the absolute size.

The Effects of the Shortage

In any event, the projected shortage will affect how hospitals support their various service lines and, thus, will impact on the work performed by hospitalists, intensivists, and other physicians who support that work in hospitals. Hospitals anticipate this effect at the intersection of the shortage with increasing demands for rapid throughput, thorough and safe care for patients, and accountability for clearly specified clinical outcomes. Hospitals are already worrying about how to staff neurosurgery, cardiology, and general surgery positions. Changes in how primary care is delivered will affect where patient referrals come from and hospitals’ relationship with their specialist physicians.

How Will a Shortage Affect Hospitalists?

Increasing demand for services: With fewer physicians choosing general or primary care practice, hospitalists will find increasing demand for their services as coverage for acute care. Fewer primary care physicians will be able to afford the luxury of inpatient practice and gravitate toward highly efficient outpatient office-based practice while referring acute care to their hospitalist colleagues and specialists to pick up the slack for specific procedures, hospital follow-up care and return on discharge.

Hospitalists will be responsible then for a larger population of inpatients, providing for comprehensive care management in coordinating the services for all the care needs of many different types of diagnoses.

Increasing span of influence: In addition, there will be increasing demand by procedure-oriented physicians for hospitalist coverage to improve their efficiency in providing acute specialty care. Some of this demand may spill into single-specialty outpatient and focused freestanding hospital environments. Hospitalists will be pulled to cover specialists, who find their efficiency and the volume of work required prohibits them from providing comprehensive inpatient care for complex patients. They will prefer to focus on procedural interventions. Orthopedic surgery, cardiac surgery, neurosurgery, and cardiology, in particular, are likely to be new clients for hospitalist services.

Increasing emphasis on multidisciplinary care: Given the demand for evidence-based outcomes, hospitalists will provide physician input into clinical care design for a greater variety of patients in an increasing span of clinical service lines. This will put a demand on hospitalists for skills related to teamwork, leadership, and management in group environments. It will also require hospitalists to become broadly knowledgeable about the skills and contributions of all other potential care providers.

The New Medical Staff

The looming physician shortage in the United States will significantly affect the demand for and the variety and scope of work that hospitalists perform. The number of medical specialties dependent on hospitalist services will broaden. And hospitals will turn to hospitalists as their primary medical staff partners, responsible for the majority of medical staff functions and responsibilities. TH

Mike Guthrie, MD, is executive in residence at the University of Colorado (Denver) School of Business, Program in Health Administration, and a faculty member of SHM’s Leadership Academy.

What about the Nurses?

Healthcare Workforce Data shows medical training not keeping pace with population growth

By Larry Beresford

California has more employed registered nurses—211,068—than any other state, but it has the fewest RNs per capita (588 per 100,000 population). That is one of the key findings in a new report, The United States Health Workforce Profile, released last November by the Center for Health Workforce Studies at the University of Albany, N.Y. The highest concentration of America’s 2.4 million RNs employed in nursing is in New Hampshire, with 1,283 per 100,000 people, followed by South Dakota, North Dakota, Massachusetts, and Maine. Arkansas employs the most licensed practical nurses per capita—461 per 100,000 people or 63 for every 100 employed RNs.

The survey also found that Massachusetts has the highest concentration of physicians—303 for every 100,000 people—followed by Maryland, Vermont, Rhode Island, Connecticut, and New York; Mississippi has the lowest. Vermont, Massachusetts, and Maine have the most primary care doctors per capita.

The workforce study used 2004 data from the U.S. Department of Labor’s Bureau of Labor Statistics, the Area Resource File of physician data produced by QRS, Inc., for the U.S. Health Resources and Services Administration, the Division of Nursing’s 2004 National Sample Survey of RNs, and other sources to capture state, regional, and national workforce trends for physicians, nurses, and about two dozen other categories of health providers.

The report tallied 8.5 million health professionals working in health service settings—including hospitals, nursing homes, home health agencies, offices, and clinics—and another 4.1 million working in non-healthcare settings such as schools and insurance offices. Add 4.4 million non-health professionals working in health service settings, and the U.S. health workforce exceeds 17 million—12% of the country’s civilian labor force.

The success of the healthcare system in the United States depends on having sufficient, qualified personnel to provide needed services, and this report offers an array of data to help planners and policymakers understand and address workforce trends, explains Jean Moore, director of the workforce center and one of the report’s authors.

“This report is the view from 30,000 feet,” she says. “It gives you a starting point for drilling down into issues of supply and demand.”

It will be up to state policymakers and health professional groups to interpret the results. “You should do employer demand surveys—who are they having the most trouble recruiting and retaining?” adds Moore.

Although the report does not break out individual medical specialties, focusing only on primary care as a whole the potential for future shortages of physicians in some categories and locales is an important concern. “Understanding physician supply and looking down the road to potential shortages suggests the need to think smart,” says Moore. “If you can’t find enough physicians, can you consider physician extenders? Looking at demographics as our population ages, I think the nature of healthcare will change—with a lot more focus on chronic disease management. But to what extent are we preparing future physicians for this role?”

John Nelson, MD, a hospitalist and consultant in Bellevue, Wash., and a columnist for The Hospitalist, agrees that the role of hospitalists is likely to evolve. “We’ve always said that hospitalists will have to adapt our scope of practice according to the changing demands of the systems we’re part of,” he says. “Workforce shortages in different categories will affect what we do.”

In some facilities, hospitalists would never admit neurosurgery patients, while in other places they do.

Hospital medicine could be considered the fastest growing medical field in history, adds Robert Wachter, MD, head of the hospital medicine service at the University of California-San Francisco. But even if hospital medicine remains a popular career choice for young physicians, overall shortages of primary care physicians could heighten competition with other care settings that need these doctors.

The physician workforce is aging, and medical training is not keeping up with the aging population, Dr. Wachter notes. Variations in geographic distribution are state by state but also occur in urban, suburban, and rural areas within a state. There is not enough organized manpower planning to ameliorate these inequities.

Other results of the workforce study:

  • The average age of working physicians is 50, while 18% are over 65;
  • Currently, 26% of physicians are female, but 49% of today’s medical school graduates are women;
  • Blacks and Hispanics/Latinos are substantially under-represented in both medicine and nursing;
  • Medical schools had 79,000 students enroll in 2004, up slightly from 73,000 in 1987, although most of this growth was in osteopathic medical schools. Graduation rates are not keeping up with population growth;
  • Advanced practice nurses were found in the highest concentration in Alaska, Washington, New Hampshire, and Delaware; and
  • The number of physician assistant degrees awarded grew 1,700% in the past decade to approximately 50,000, with the heaviest concentrations in the Northeast, Alaska, and South Dakota.

View a full copy of the 164-page report at: www.albany.edu/news/pdf_files/U.S._Health_Workforce_Profile_October2006_11-09.pdf.

In March 2005, the Association of American Medical Colleges announced that America will face a shortage of between 85,000 and 200,000 physicians by 2020. The U.S. population is growing faster than the number of new physicians entering the workforce. How big the shortfall will be has been argued since last year, but most pundits expect there to be too few physicians—in total—to take care of the burgeoning population, especially the elderly.

If a shortage of physicians is to be anticipated, what effect might this have on hospitals and hospitalists?

Where Does the Number Come From?

The debate about the range of the projected shortfall of 85,000 to 200,000 physicians reflects several differing assumptions. All estimates are based on the ratio of physicians to the overall population. Different estimates are based on distinctive models for the necessary staffing of the medical enterprise. For example, prepaid medical groups that serve large populations of patients (e.g., Kaiser Permanente) have physician-per-capita ratios of up to 20% less than fee-for-service environments. A larger elderly population will likely demand more medical services per capita. So, the estimate of a shortfall depends on the model of medical care for 2020 anticipated to be predominant in 2020 and a calculation of usage rate per capita for services—again, especially among the elderly.

Work/life balance choices that recent medical school graduates make also add to the uncertainty of predictions concerning the relative size of the shortage in total and by specialty. Young men and women graduating today increasingly express a preference for reduced or more manageable hours of work per week, sometimes opting for shift work or other forms of more predictable workload. There is also an understanding that women physicians tend to work part-time in some stages of their career—especially when they are trying to balance the demands of starting and raising a young family. Many of their male spouses are making similar choices.

The Specialty Nature of the Shortfall

A relative shortfall in available physicians relates to the specialty choice of new residency graduates. From 1996 to 2002, for example, certain specialties experienced increases in the number of applicants to residency programs, such as anesthesiology, dermatology, and radiology; whereas, other specialties saw reduced demand for training slots, such as in family practice and general surgery. For example, U.S. medical school seniors filled 89% of the general surgery residency slots available in 1996, but only 75% of the available slots in 2002.

The relative number of physicians in certain geographies will also be affected by the attractiveness of that particular area of the country or practice location and style, such as rural versus urban or suburban.

Physicians’ retirement rates generate different estimates, too. Currently, 18% of physicians in the United States are older than 65—compared with 12.6% of the overall population. In certain states, the percentage of physicians older than 65 is substantially higher, in some cases more than 20%. Different analysts generate different expectations about how many physicians over age 65 will leave the workforce. The number of hours that doctors practice and their decisions about when they will retire, based on their personal financial circumstances, are quite varied. This makes calculations of the shortfall to be anticipated subject to a variety of interpretations

Substitution

There is a debate also over the question of substitution. If there are too few physicians in the United States, will a shortfall in supply be made up by increasing numbers of foreign medical graduates or by other non-physician practitioners?

New foreign medical graduates may make up perhaps as many as 6,000 positions nationally. This will not make up for the shortfall of between 3,000 and 10,000 per year of additional physicians who need to graduate and enter the workforce.

 

 

Substitution by non-physician practitioners will mitigate some of the effects of the shortfall. We can anticipate that the use of nurse practitioners, physician assistants, nurses, and health educators will increase in situations where they can substitute for lower intensity medical care—especially in primary care settings, outpatient environments, and as adjuncts to care delivered by proceduralists and surgeons of many types. This will make some difference in the overall expectation for reduced availability of physicians.

Given all of these inputs, all projections point to a shortage of physicians, but none of the analyses agree on the absolute size.

The Effects of the Shortage

In any event, the projected shortage will affect how hospitals support their various service lines and, thus, will impact on the work performed by hospitalists, intensivists, and other physicians who support that work in hospitals. Hospitals anticipate this effect at the intersection of the shortage with increasing demands for rapid throughput, thorough and safe care for patients, and accountability for clearly specified clinical outcomes. Hospitals are already worrying about how to staff neurosurgery, cardiology, and general surgery positions. Changes in how primary care is delivered will affect where patient referrals come from and hospitals’ relationship with their specialist physicians.

How Will a Shortage Affect Hospitalists?

Increasing demand for services: With fewer physicians choosing general or primary care practice, hospitalists will find increasing demand for their services as coverage for acute care. Fewer primary care physicians will be able to afford the luxury of inpatient practice and gravitate toward highly efficient outpatient office-based practice while referring acute care to their hospitalist colleagues and specialists to pick up the slack for specific procedures, hospital follow-up care and return on discharge.

Hospitalists will be responsible then for a larger population of inpatients, providing for comprehensive care management in coordinating the services for all the care needs of many different types of diagnoses.

Increasing span of influence: In addition, there will be increasing demand by procedure-oriented physicians for hospitalist coverage to improve their efficiency in providing acute specialty care. Some of this demand may spill into single-specialty outpatient and focused freestanding hospital environments. Hospitalists will be pulled to cover specialists, who find their efficiency and the volume of work required prohibits them from providing comprehensive inpatient care for complex patients. They will prefer to focus on procedural interventions. Orthopedic surgery, cardiac surgery, neurosurgery, and cardiology, in particular, are likely to be new clients for hospitalist services.

Increasing emphasis on multidisciplinary care: Given the demand for evidence-based outcomes, hospitalists will provide physician input into clinical care design for a greater variety of patients in an increasing span of clinical service lines. This will put a demand on hospitalists for skills related to teamwork, leadership, and management in group environments. It will also require hospitalists to become broadly knowledgeable about the skills and contributions of all other potential care providers.

The New Medical Staff

The looming physician shortage in the United States will significantly affect the demand for and the variety and scope of work that hospitalists perform. The number of medical specialties dependent on hospitalist services will broaden. And hospitals will turn to hospitalists as their primary medical staff partners, responsible for the majority of medical staff functions and responsibilities. TH

Mike Guthrie, MD, is executive in residence at the University of Colorado (Denver) School of Business, Program in Health Administration, and a faculty member of SHM’s Leadership Academy.

What about the Nurses?

Healthcare Workforce Data shows medical training not keeping pace with population growth

By Larry Beresford

California has more employed registered nurses—211,068—than any other state, but it has the fewest RNs per capita (588 per 100,000 population). That is one of the key findings in a new report, The United States Health Workforce Profile, released last November by the Center for Health Workforce Studies at the University of Albany, N.Y. The highest concentration of America’s 2.4 million RNs employed in nursing is in New Hampshire, with 1,283 per 100,000 people, followed by South Dakota, North Dakota, Massachusetts, and Maine. Arkansas employs the most licensed practical nurses per capita—461 per 100,000 people or 63 for every 100 employed RNs.

The survey also found that Massachusetts has the highest concentration of physicians—303 for every 100,000 people—followed by Maryland, Vermont, Rhode Island, Connecticut, and New York; Mississippi has the lowest. Vermont, Massachusetts, and Maine have the most primary care doctors per capita.

The workforce study used 2004 data from the U.S. Department of Labor’s Bureau of Labor Statistics, the Area Resource File of physician data produced by QRS, Inc., for the U.S. Health Resources and Services Administration, the Division of Nursing’s 2004 National Sample Survey of RNs, and other sources to capture state, regional, and national workforce trends for physicians, nurses, and about two dozen other categories of health providers.

The report tallied 8.5 million health professionals working in health service settings—including hospitals, nursing homes, home health agencies, offices, and clinics—and another 4.1 million working in non-healthcare settings such as schools and insurance offices. Add 4.4 million non-health professionals working in health service settings, and the U.S. health workforce exceeds 17 million—12% of the country’s civilian labor force.

The success of the healthcare system in the United States depends on having sufficient, qualified personnel to provide needed services, and this report offers an array of data to help planners and policymakers understand and address workforce trends, explains Jean Moore, director of the workforce center and one of the report’s authors.

“This report is the view from 30,000 feet,” she says. “It gives you a starting point for drilling down into issues of supply and demand.”

It will be up to state policymakers and health professional groups to interpret the results. “You should do employer demand surveys—who are they having the most trouble recruiting and retaining?” adds Moore.

Although the report does not break out individual medical specialties, focusing only on primary care as a whole the potential for future shortages of physicians in some categories and locales is an important concern. “Understanding physician supply and looking down the road to potential shortages suggests the need to think smart,” says Moore. “If you can’t find enough physicians, can you consider physician extenders? Looking at demographics as our population ages, I think the nature of healthcare will change—with a lot more focus on chronic disease management. But to what extent are we preparing future physicians for this role?”

John Nelson, MD, a hospitalist and consultant in Bellevue, Wash., and a columnist for The Hospitalist, agrees that the role of hospitalists is likely to evolve. “We’ve always said that hospitalists will have to adapt our scope of practice according to the changing demands of the systems we’re part of,” he says. “Workforce shortages in different categories will affect what we do.”

In some facilities, hospitalists would never admit neurosurgery patients, while in other places they do.

Hospital medicine could be considered the fastest growing medical field in history, adds Robert Wachter, MD, head of the hospital medicine service at the University of California-San Francisco. But even if hospital medicine remains a popular career choice for young physicians, overall shortages of primary care physicians could heighten competition with other care settings that need these doctors.

The physician workforce is aging, and medical training is not keeping up with the aging population, Dr. Wachter notes. Variations in geographic distribution are state by state but also occur in urban, suburban, and rural areas within a state. There is not enough organized manpower planning to ameliorate these inequities.

Other results of the workforce study:

  • The average age of working physicians is 50, while 18% are over 65;
  • Currently, 26% of physicians are female, but 49% of today’s medical school graduates are women;
  • Blacks and Hispanics/Latinos are substantially under-represented in both medicine and nursing;
  • Medical schools had 79,000 students enroll in 2004, up slightly from 73,000 in 1987, although most of this growth was in osteopathic medical schools. Graduation rates are not keeping up with population growth;
  • Advanced practice nurses were found in the highest concentration in Alaska, Washington, New Hampshire, and Delaware; and
  • The number of physician assistant degrees awarded grew 1,700% in the past decade to approximately 50,000, with the heaviest concentrations in the Northeast, Alaska, and South Dakota.

View a full copy of the 164-page report at: www.albany.edu/news/pdf_files/U.S._Health_Workforce_Profile_October2006_11-09.pdf.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
The Business of Hospitalists
Display Headline
The Business of Hospitalists
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

In the Literature

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:38
Display Headline
In the Literature

Hospital Quality for AMI: Process Measures and Their Relationship with Short-term Mortality

Bradley EH, Herrin J, Elbel B, et al. Hospital quality for acute myocardial infarction: correlation among process measures and relationship with short-term mortality. JAMA. 2006 Jul 5;296(1):72-78.

Background

The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) and the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO) monitor and publicly report hospital performance in the treatment of acute myocardial infarction (AMI). Core process measures are considered an indicator of quality of care, but little is known about how these measures affect outcomes (mortality). Five of the seven core measures for AMI assess medication prescription practices; the other two measures are counseling on smoking cessation and timely reperfusion therapy.

Inferences about a hospital’s quality of care for AMI are created by measuring the hospital’s success at performing these measures. No previous study had evaluated a possible correlation between performance on these measures and short-term mortality. The authors of this study used National Registry of Myocardial Infarction (NRMI) and CMS databases to determine the association between hospital performance on AMI process measures and hospital-specific, risk-standardized, 30-day mortality rates.

There is a need for new research to define and study new AMI process measures that can explain more of the variance in both short- and long-term outcomes.

Methods

A cross-sectional study was performed using hospitals that reported AMI discharges to the NRMI from January 2002 through March 2003. Hospitals had to report a minimum of 10 eligible patients. Hospital performance on core measures was recorded: beta-blocker on admission, beta-blocker on dismissal, aspirin on admission, aspirin on dismissal, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor (ACE) prescription on dismissal, smoking cessation counseling for smokers during admission, and time to reperfusion therapy. Risk-standardized, 30-day, all-cause mortality rates were calculated for each hospital using CMS Medicare claims for patients ages 66 and older with AMI. The primary analysis determined the association of hospital-specific, risk-standardized, 30-day mortality rates with hospital performance on the core process measures.

Results

The most successfully completed core process measure for AMI was aspirin on admission. A mean of 86.4% of participating hospitals completed this measure. The core process measure for AMI that was the least frequently documented was smoking cessation counseling; a mean of 13.9% of participating hospitals completed this measure. Notably, timely reperfusion therapy for AMI—fibrinolytic therapy within 30 minutes of arrival or percutaneous intervention within 120 minutes of arrival—was completed by only 54.5% (mean) of participating hospitals.

Each core process measure had a statistically significant but small correlation with the risk-standardized, 30-day mortality rate (explaining between 0.1% and 3.3% of variance in mortality). Of the 180 hospitals in the top quintile of risk-standardized, 30-day mortality rates, only 31% were in the top quintile of the core process measures. A composite model of all seven core process measures determined that these measures could only explain 6% of the hospital-level variation in risk-standardized, 30-day mortality rates. Secondary analyses did not differ substantially.

Conclusions

In this study, each core process measure for AMI showed a modest correlation with 30-day mortality, but accounted for only 6% of 30-day mortality. This finding highlights the fact that continued measurement of these processes is valuable, but a hospital’s short-term mortality rates for AMI cannot be reliably inferred from performance on publicly reported process measures. These measures are weighted more toward long-term outcome measures. There is a need for new research to define and study new AMI process measures that can explain more of the variance in both short- and long-term outcomes.

Clopidogrel and Aspirin versus Aspirin Alone for the Prevention of Atherothrombotic Events

 

 

Bhatt DL, Fox KA, Hacke W, et al. Clopidogrel and aspirin versus aspirin alone for the prevention of atherothrombotic events. N Engl J Med. 2006 Apr 20;354(16):1706-1717.

Background

Atherothrombotic disorders of the circulatory system are the leading cause of death and disability in the world. Low-dose aspirin has been shown to reduce ischemic event in populations above a certain risk threshold; however, aspirin alone may be insufficient treatment to prevent ischemic events in high-risk patients. Dual antiplatelet therapy with aspirin and clopidogrel has been shown to reduce ischemic events in patients with unstable angina, non-ST segment elevation and ST segment elevation myocardial infarction, as well as in those undergoing angioplasty and stenting.

The risk of moderate or severe bleeding in symptomatic patients was higher in the clopidogrel plus aspirin group than in the aspirin plus placebo group.

Methods

This was a prospective, multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study of the efficacy and safety of aspirin plus clopidogrel in comparison with aspirin plus placebo in patients at high risk for a cardiovascular event. Patients included in the study were 45 or older and had one of the following: multiple atherothrombotic risk factors, documented coronary artery disease, documented cerebrovascular disease, or documented symptomatic peripheral vascular disease. The primary efficacy endpoint was the first occurrence of myocardial infarction (MI), stroke, or death from cardiovascular causes. The primary safety endpoint was severe bleeding.

Results

A total of 15,603 patients were enrolled in the study. Treatment was permanently discontinued by 20.4% in the clopidogrel group as compared with 18.2% in the placebo group (P<0.001). A total of 4.8% of patients in the clopidogrel group and 4.9% in the placebo group discontinued treatment because of an adverse event (P=0.67). Other than the treatment medications, concomitant medication use was similar in both groups. A median follow-up of 28 months revealed that the rates of primary efficacy events in the clopidogrel and placebo group were similar (6.8% versus 7.3%, P=0.22, respectively). The rate of primary safety events was 1.7% in the clopidogrel group and 1.3% in the placebo group, P=0.09.

Conclusions

This trial enrolled patients who either had established atherothrombotic disease or were at high risk for such disease and found that there was no significant benefit associated with the use of clopidogrel plus aspirin compared to aspirin alone in reducing myocardial infarction, stroke, or cardiovascular death. The risk of moderate or severe bleeding in symptomatic patients was higher in the clopidogrel plus aspirin group than in the aspirin plus placebo group. Overall, these findings do not support the use of dual antiplatelet therapy across this broad patient population.

D-Dimer in the Diagnosis of Pulmonary Embolism

Kearon C, Ginsberg JS, Douketis J, et al. An evaluation of D-dimer in the diagnosis of pulmonary embolism: a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med. 2006 Jun 6;144(11):812-821.

Background

The clinical usefulness of the D-dimer test in the diagnosis of pulmonary embolism (PE) has been previously studied. In patients with suspected PE, it may be safe to omit additional diagnostic testing if a patient has a negative D-dimer test; however, this approach has never been evaluated in a randomized, controlled trial.

The investigators in this trial studied two subgroups of patients with suspected PE and a negative D-dimer: patients with a low clinical probability of PE and those with a moderate or high clinical probability of PE who had a non-diagnostic ventilation perfusion scan (VQ scan) and no proximal deep vein thrombosis on venous ultrasonography. The hypothesis was that patients with a negative D-dimer who do not have further testing for PE won’t have a higher frequency of venous thromboembolism during follow-up than patients who undergo routine diagnostic testing.

 

 

Even in patients with moderate to high pretest clinical probability, a non-diagnostic VQ scan, and normal venous ultrasonography, only one patient with a negative D-dimer had a venous thromboembolic event at six months follow-up.

Methods

Before any diagnostic testing, patients were assigned a probability score, using the Wells Criteria, to categorize the probability of PE as low or moderate to high.

Patients with low probability Wells scores: D-dimer testing was done on all patients with a low clinical probability of PE. Patients with a negative D-dimer were randomly assigned either to no additional diagnostic testing and no anticoagulation treatment or to additional diagnostic testing with an initial VQ scan. If the VQ scan was negative, then PE was excluded. If the VQ scan showed one or more segmental perfusion defects that were normally ventilated, then the scan was considered diagnostic for PE. If there were perfusion defects that did not meet the criteria for a high probability scan, then the scan was considered non-diagnostic. Patients with non-diagnostic scans underwent ultrasonography of the proximal veins of the legs. If deep vein thrombosis was present, PE was diagnosed. If ultrasonography was normal, the test was repeated after seven and 14 days. In all patients with a positive D-dimer, a VQ scan was performed.

Patients with moderate to high probability Wells scores: A VQ scan was performed on all patients with a moderate to high probability for PE. Patients with high probability scans were treated; patients with normal scans were not treated. Patients with non-diagnostic scans and normal venous ultrasonography were randomly assigned to receive either no additional testing or serial ultrasonography.

Outcomes: All patients were followed for six months for the development of venous thromboembolism after initial diagnostic testing.

Results

The study enrolled 1,126 patients. Overall, 160 patients (14.2%) had PE diagnosed at initial presentation or by venous ultrasonography. Of 952 patients who did not receive an initial diagnosis of PE, 11 (1.2%) had PE diagnosed at follow-up.

Patients with low probability Wells scores: Low clinical probability was present in 670 patients (60%). In patients with low clinical probability of PE, 373 (56%) had negative D-dimer tests and 297 (44%) had positive D-dimer tests. Of the 373 patients with low probability and negative D-dimer results, 187 were randomized to no additional testing and 186 received a VQ scan. The frequency of venous thromboembolism at six-month follow-up was similar in these two groups (-0.5% [CI, -3.0% to 1.6%]). Three patients with negative D-dimer tests were diagnosed with PE by VQ scan. Results were fairly complete (five patients without a six-month follow-up in the no additional testing group and one without a follow-up in the VQ scan group).

Twenty-four patients with low clinical probability and positive D-dimer results (n=297) were diagnosed with PE. Three patients did not complete the six-month follow-up. Of the remaining 294 patients, five patients had venous thromboembolism at six months.

Patients with moderate to high probability Wells scores: There were 456 patients (40%) had moderate or high clinical probability for PE. Each of these patients had a VQ scan. Non-diagnostic VQ scans and normal venous ultrasonography were performed on 226 patients. Of these 226 patients, 86 had a negative D-dimer and 140 had a positive D-dimer. Of the 86 patients with negative VQ scans, normal venous ultrasonography, and a negative D-dimer, 83 were randomly assigned to no additional testing or serial venous ultrasonography (42 and 41 respectively). At six months follow-up, one patient assigned to no additional testing had venous thromboembolism, and no patients in the additional testing group had venous thromboembolism.

 

 

Conclusions

The results of this trial suggest that it is safe to withhold additional diagnostic testing in patients with suspected PE, low pretest clinical probability, and a negative D-dimer test. Even in patients with moderate to high pretest clinical probability, a non-diagnostic VQ scan, and normal venous ultrasonography, only one patient with a negative D-dimer had a venous thromboembolic event at six months follow-up. The assay used for this study was an erythrocyte agglutination SimpliRED assay. Reported sensitivity is approximately 90%, and specificity is approximately 75%. To the readers, it should be noted that the authors defined a low probability Wells score as 4 rather than 1.5 or lower.

Efficacy and Safety of Inhaled Insulin Therapy in Adults with Diabetes Mellitus

Ceglia L, Lau J, Pittas AG. Meta-analysis: efficacy and safety of inhaled insulin therapy in adults with diabetes mellitus. Ann Intern Med. 2006 Nov 7;145(9):665-675.

Background

Despite its effectiveness in attaining glycemic control, there is considerable resistance to insulin use by patients and healthcare providers, primarily because of the need for subcutaneous injection. In January 2006, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved the first formulation of inhaled insulin for clinical use in nonsmoking adults with type 1 or type 2 diabetes and no pulmonary disease. The authors of this paper present a systematic review to examine the efficacy, safety, and patient acceptability of inhaled insulin.

All trials reported a statistically significant increase in overall patient satisfaction with inhaled insulin over subcutaneous insulin.

Methods

The authors conducted a search of MEDLINE to find English-language, randomized, controlled trials of inhaled insulin in nonpregnant adults with diabetes. To find unpublished studies, the authors reviewed the briefing document on Exubera powder for oral inhalation (Pfizer Inc., New York). An abstract was included if it reported original data from controlled trials in patients with type 1 or 2 diabetes and hemoglobin A1C outcomes for patients receiving inhaled insulin versus outcomes for a comparison group (subcutaneous insulin or oral hypoglycemics). Studies with less than 12 weeks duration were excluded because no comparison could be made regarding glycemic efficacy. For glycemic efficacy, the primary outcome was the treatment group difference in hemoglobin A1C from baseline. Secondary outcome was the proportion of patients with hemoglobin A1C levels less than 7%. To evaluate safety, the primary outcomes were severe hypoglycemia (glucose ≤36 mg/dL), cough, and treatment group difference in pulmonary function variables.

Results

Sixteen trials involving a total of 4,023 patients met inclusion criteria. Seven trials compared inhaled insulin with various subcutaneous insulin regimens in patients with type 1 diabetes. Nine trials compared inhaled insulin with subcutaneous insulin or oral hypoglycemic agents in patients with type 2 diabetes. Inhaled insulin was given with meals and titrated according to study-specific glucose goals. Subcutaneous insulin was titrated to the same specific goals. Doses of oral hypoglycemic agents were adjusted for glycemic targets in only two of the nine trials. The combined data from the studies demonstrated a small but statistically significant decrease in the levels of baseline hemoglobin A1C levels in favor of subcutaneous insulin (weighted mean difference 0.08%, [CI 0.03% to 0.14%]) in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes. The greatest advantage of subcutaneous insulin was noted in the study with the longest duration (104 weeks). There was no difference between the study groups in studies with duration of 24 weeks or less. Patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes taking inhaled insulin were no more likely to achieve hemoglobin A1C levels less than 7% than those using subcutaneous insulin.

The combined data from studies comparing inhaled insulin to oral hypoglycemic agents in patients with type 2 diabetes showed that inhaled insulin lowered hemoglobin A1C levels more effectively (weighted mean difference -1.04%, [CI -1.59% to -0.49%]). In studies in which the oral hypoglycemic agents were titrated, inhaled insulin still lowered baseline hemoglobin A1C levels but to a lesser degree (weighted mean difference -0.20%, [CI - 0.34% to -0.07%]). Patients with type 2 diabetes taking inhaled insulin were more likely to achieve hemoglobin A1C levels less than 7% than those taking oral agents.

 

 

There was no difference in episodes of severe hypoglycemia in patients using inhaled insulin compared to those using subcutaneous insulin. A higher proportion of patients using inhaled insulin reported at least one episode of severe hypoglycemia compared to those using oral agents (risk ratio, 3.06 [CI 1.03 to 9.07]; 9.4% versus 3.5%, respectively).

With respect to pulmonary safety, all trials selected patients without histories of pulmonary problems and with at least six months of nonsmoking status. Pulmonary safety was assessed by self-reported symptoms and by pulmonary function tests. The most common pulmonary symptom associated with inhaled insulin was nonproductive cough. This symptom was reported more frequently compared to patients using subcutaneous insulin or oral agents (risk ratio, 3.52 [CI 2.23 to 5.56]; 16.9% versus 5.0%). Cough was noted early in the treatment course and diminished in frequency over time. Patients receiving inhaled insulin had a greater decrease in FEV1 (forced expiratory volume in the first second) from baseline than the comparator group (weighted mean difference, -0.031 L [CI-0.043 L to -0.020 L]). This decrease progressed slowly over the first six months but stabilized in studies of up to two years’ duration.

Only four trials reported data on overall patient satisfaction for inhaled insulin versus subcutaneous insulin. All trials reported a statistically significant increase in overall patient satisfaction with inhaled insulin over subcutaneous insulin. Patients randomly assigned to inhaled insulin were more likely to continue taking inhaled insulin than to switch back to subcutaneous insulin.

Conclusions

This meta-analysis showed that inhaled insulin is comparable to subcutaneous insulin in lowering hemoglobin A1C levels in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes. The proportion of patients reaching a target hemoglobin A1C of less than 7% was much lower in the studies in this meta-analysis as compared to levels in trials of intensive subcutaneous insulin therapy.

It’s more difficult to compare inhaled insulin with oral hypoglycemic agents because most studies involving oral agents used fixed dosing with different types of oral agents. There was a three-fold risk of severe hypoglycemia in patients using inhaled insulin compared to those using oral hypoglycemic agents. This is probably due to overall improved glycemic control in the inhaled insulin group. Cough was more common in the inhaled insulin groups, and there were small decreases in FEV1, but these did not progress over two years. The potential for pulmonary toxicity with long-term administration has not been evaluated and deserves further study.

Classic Literature

A multicenter, randomized, controlled clinical trial of transfusion requirements in critical care

Hebert PC, Wells G, Blajchman MA, et al. A multicenter, randomized, controlled clinical trial of transfusion requirements in critical care. Transfusion Requirements in Critical Care Investigators, Canadian Critical Care Trials Group. N Engl J Med. 1999 Feb 11;340(6):409-417.

Background

There are important risks and benefits of red cell transfusion in critically ill patients. One concern is that anemia may not be tolerated well in this group. Because red cell transfusions are used to augment the delivery of oxygen to avoid the harmful effects of oxygen debt, transfusing patients to keep their hemoglobin levels higher than 10.0 g per deciliter has become a routine practice. There is concern, however, that critically ill patients may be at increased risk of immunosuppressive and microcirculatory complications of red cell transfusions. Also, concern about the safety and supply of red cell transfusions has encouraged a more conservative approach to transfusion strategies.

The authors of this study conducted a randomized, controlled, clinical trial involving critically ill patients with euvolemia to determine whether a restrictive transfusion strategy that maintains hemoglobin concentrations between 7.0 and 9.0 g per deciliter was equivalent to a liberal strategy of maintaining hemoglobin concentrations between 10.0 and 12.0 g per deciliter.

Methods

Enrolled patients were admitted to 25 different intensive care units in Canada between 1994 and 1997. Included patients were expected to have an intensive care unit stay longer than 24 hours and a hemoglobin concentration of 9.0 g per deciliter or less within 72 hours after admission and were considered euvolemic after initial treatment by physicians. Critically ill patients with euvolemia were randomized to either the restrictive or the liberal strategy. Patients were given one unit at a time, and the hemoglobin concentration was measured after each unit transfused. Transfusion was stopped when the patient’s hemoglobin concentration was in the target range. The primary outcome was death from all causes within 30 days of randomization.

Results

A total of 838 patients were enrolled in the study; 418 in the restrictive group and 420 in the liberal group. The average daily hemoglobin concentrations were 8.5 g per deciliter in the restrictive group and 10.7 g per deciliter in the liberal group (P<0.01). An average of 2.6 red cell units per patient was transfused in the restrictive group, as compared to an average of 5.6 red cell units in the liberal group (P<0.01). Thirty-three percent of patients in the restrictive group did not receive any transfusion; every patient in the liberal group received at least one red cell unit.

The rate of death from all causes in the 30 days after admission was 18.7% in the restrictive group and 23.3% in the liberal group (-0.84% to 10.2%, P=0.11). The inpatient mortality rates were lower in the restrictive group (22.2% versus 28.1%, P=0.05). More patients in the liberal group had some type of cardiac complication (21.0% versus 13.2% respectively, P<0.01). Subgroup analyses demonstrated that patients with lower APACHE II scores (20 or less) and patients younger than 55 had improved survival in the restrictive strategy group. There were no significant differences in 30-day mortality between treatment groups in the subgroup of patients with a primary or secondary diagnosis of cardiac disease (20.5% in the restrictive group and 22.9% in the liberal group, P=0.69).

Conclusions

The findings in this study indicate that the use of a restrictive red cell transfusion strategy to hemoglobin levels as low as 7.0 g per deciliter, combined with the maintenance of hemoglobin concentrations between 7.0 and 9.0 g per deciliter, was at least as effective as a more liberal strategy in critically ill patients with euvolemia. All-cause 30-day mortality was no different between the groups but favored the restrictive strategy. The rates of inpatient deaths were lower in the restrictive group. There were more cardiac complications in the liberal group. An important subgroup of patients, those with a history of cardiac disease, had no differences in mortality. The use of this strategy decreased the average number of red cell transfusions by 54%. TH

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Sections

Hospital Quality for AMI: Process Measures and Their Relationship with Short-term Mortality

Bradley EH, Herrin J, Elbel B, et al. Hospital quality for acute myocardial infarction: correlation among process measures and relationship with short-term mortality. JAMA. 2006 Jul 5;296(1):72-78.

Background

The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) and the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO) monitor and publicly report hospital performance in the treatment of acute myocardial infarction (AMI). Core process measures are considered an indicator of quality of care, but little is known about how these measures affect outcomes (mortality). Five of the seven core measures for AMI assess medication prescription practices; the other two measures are counseling on smoking cessation and timely reperfusion therapy.

Inferences about a hospital’s quality of care for AMI are created by measuring the hospital’s success at performing these measures. No previous study had evaluated a possible correlation between performance on these measures and short-term mortality. The authors of this study used National Registry of Myocardial Infarction (NRMI) and CMS databases to determine the association between hospital performance on AMI process measures and hospital-specific, risk-standardized, 30-day mortality rates.

There is a need for new research to define and study new AMI process measures that can explain more of the variance in both short- and long-term outcomes.

Methods

A cross-sectional study was performed using hospitals that reported AMI discharges to the NRMI from January 2002 through March 2003. Hospitals had to report a minimum of 10 eligible patients. Hospital performance on core measures was recorded: beta-blocker on admission, beta-blocker on dismissal, aspirin on admission, aspirin on dismissal, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor (ACE) prescription on dismissal, smoking cessation counseling for smokers during admission, and time to reperfusion therapy. Risk-standardized, 30-day, all-cause mortality rates were calculated for each hospital using CMS Medicare claims for patients ages 66 and older with AMI. The primary analysis determined the association of hospital-specific, risk-standardized, 30-day mortality rates with hospital performance on the core process measures.

Results

The most successfully completed core process measure for AMI was aspirin on admission. A mean of 86.4% of participating hospitals completed this measure. The core process measure for AMI that was the least frequently documented was smoking cessation counseling; a mean of 13.9% of participating hospitals completed this measure. Notably, timely reperfusion therapy for AMI—fibrinolytic therapy within 30 minutes of arrival or percutaneous intervention within 120 minutes of arrival—was completed by only 54.5% (mean) of participating hospitals.

Each core process measure had a statistically significant but small correlation with the risk-standardized, 30-day mortality rate (explaining between 0.1% and 3.3% of variance in mortality). Of the 180 hospitals in the top quintile of risk-standardized, 30-day mortality rates, only 31% were in the top quintile of the core process measures. A composite model of all seven core process measures determined that these measures could only explain 6% of the hospital-level variation in risk-standardized, 30-day mortality rates. Secondary analyses did not differ substantially.

Conclusions

In this study, each core process measure for AMI showed a modest correlation with 30-day mortality, but accounted for only 6% of 30-day mortality. This finding highlights the fact that continued measurement of these processes is valuable, but a hospital’s short-term mortality rates for AMI cannot be reliably inferred from performance on publicly reported process measures. These measures are weighted more toward long-term outcome measures. There is a need for new research to define and study new AMI process measures that can explain more of the variance in both short- and long-term outcomes.

Clopidogrel and Aspirin versus Aspirin Alone for the Prevention of Atherothrombotic Events

 

 

Bhatt DL, Fox KA, Hacke W, et al. Clopidogrel and aspirin versus aspirin alone for the prevention of atherothrombotic events. N Engl J Med. 2006 Apr 20;354(16):1706-1717.

Background

Atherothrombotic disorders of the circulatory system are the leading cause of death and disability in the world. Low-dose aspirin has been shown to reduce ischemic event in populations above a certain risk threshold; however, aspirin alone may be insufficient treatment to prevent ischemic events in high-risk patients. Dual antiplatelet therapy with aspirin and clopidogrel has been shown to reduce ischemic events in patients with unstable angina, non-ST segment elevation and ST segment elevation myocardial infarction, as well as in those undergoing angioplasty and stenting.

The risk of moderate or severe bleeding in symptomatic patients was higher in the clopidogrel plus aspirin group than in the aspirin plus placebo group.

Methods

This was a prospective, multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study of the efficacy and safety of aspirin plus clopidogrel in comparison with aspirin plus placebo in patients at high risk for a cardiovascular event. Patients included in the study were 45 or older and had one of the following: multiple atherothrombotic risk factors, documented coronary artery disease, documented cerebrovascular disease, or documented symptomatic peripheral vascular disease. The primary efficacy endpoint was the first occurrence of myocardial infarction (MI), stroke, or death from cardiovascular causes. The primary safety endpoint was severe bleeding.

Results

A total of 15,603 patients were enrolled in the study. Treatment was permanently discontinued by 20.4% in the clopidogrel group as compared with 18.2% in the placebo group (P<0.001). A total of 4.8% of patients in the clopidogrel group and 4.9% in the placebo group discontinued treatment because of an adverse event (P=0.67). Other than the treatment medications, concomitant medication use was similar in both groups. A median follow-up of 28 months revealed that the rates of primary efficacy events in the clopidogrel and placebo group were similar (6.8% versus 7.3%, P=0.22, respectively). The rate of primary safety events was 1.7% in the clopidogrel group and 1.3% in the placebo group, P=0.09.

Conclusions

This trial enrolled patients who either had established atherothrombotic disease or were at high risk for such disease and found that there was no significant benefit associated with the use of clopidogrel plus aspirin compared to aspirin alone in reducing myocardial infarction, stroke, or cardiovascular death. The risk of moderate or severe bleeding in symptomatic patients was higher in the clopidogrel plus aspirin group than in the aspirin plus placebo group. Overall, these findings do not support the use of dual antiplatelet therapy across this broad patient population.

D-Dimer in the Diagnosis of Pulmonary Embolism

Kearon C, Ginsberg JS, Douketis J, et al. An evaluation of D-dimer in the diagnosis of pulmonary embolism: a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med. 2006 Jun 6;144(11):812-821.

Background

The clinical usefulness of the D-dimer test in the diagnosis of pulmonary embolism (PE) has been previously studied. In patients with suspected PE, it may be safe to omit additional diagnostic testing if a patient has a negative D-dimer test; however, this approach has never been evaluated in a randomized, controlled trial.

The investigators in this trial studied two subgroups of patients with suspected PE and a negative D-dimer: patients with a low clinical probability of PE and those with a moderate or high clinical probability of PE who had a non-diagnostic ventilation perfusion scan (VQ scan) and no proximal deep vein thrombosis on venous ultrasonography. The hypothesis was that patients with a negative D-dimer who do not have further testing for PE won’t have a higher frequency of venous thromboembolism during follow-up than patients who undergo routine diagnostic testing.

 

 

Even in patients with moderate to high pretest clinical probability, a non-diagnostic VQ scan, and normal venous ultrasonography, only one patient with a negative D-dimer had a venous thromboembolic event at six months follow-up.

Methods

Before any diagnostic testing, patients were assigned a probability score, using the Wells Criteria, to categorize the probability of PE as low or moderate to high.

Patients with low probability Wells scores: D-dimer testing was done on all patients with a low clinical probability of PE. Patients with a negative D-dimer were randomly assigned either to no additional diagnostic testing and no anticoagulation treatment or to additional diagnostic testing with an initial VQ scan. If the VQ scan was negative, then PE was excluded. If the VQ scan showed one or more segmental perfusion defects that were normally ventilated, then the scan was considered diagnostic for PE. If there were perfusion defects that did not meet the criteria for a high probability scan, then the scan was considered non-diagnostic. Patients with non-diagnostic scans underwent ultrasonography of the proximal veins of the legs. If deep vein thrombosis was present, PE was diagnosed. If ultrasonography was normal, the test was repeated after seven and 14 days. In all patients with a positive D-dimer, a VQ scan was performed.

Patients with moderate to high probability Wells scores: A VQ scan was performed on all patients with a moderate to high probability for PE. Patients with high probability scans were treated; patients with normal scans were not treated. Patients with non-diagnostic scans and normal venous ultrasonography were randomly assigned to receive either no additional testing or serial ultrasonography.

Outcomes: All patients were followed for six months for the development of venous thromboembolism after initial diagnostic testing.

Results

The study enrolled 1,126 patients. Overall, 160 patients (14.2%) had PE diagnosed at initial presentation or by venous ultrasonography. Of 952 patients who did not receive an initial diagnosis of PE, 11 (1.2%) had PE diagnosed at follow-up.

Patients with low probability Wells scores: Low clinical probability was present in 670 patients (60%). In patients with low clinical probability of PE, 373 (56%) had negative D-dimer tests and 297 (44%) had positive D-dimer tests. Of the 373 patients with low probability and negative D-dimer results, 187 were randomized to no additional testing and 186 received a VQ scan. The frequency of venous thromboembolism at six-month follow-up was similar in these two groups (-0.5% [CI, -3.0% to 1.6%]). Three patients with negative D-dimer tests were diagnosed with PE by VQ scan. Results were fairly complete (five patients without a six-month follow-up in the no additional testing group and one without a follow-up in the VQ scan group).

Twenty-four patients with low clinical probability and positive D-dimer results (n=297) were diagnosed with PE. Three patients did not complete the six-month follow-up. Of the remaining 294 patients, five patients had venous thromboembolism at six months.

Patients with moderate to high probability Wells scores: There were 456 patients (40%) had moderate or high clinical probability for PE. Each of these patients had a VQ scan. Non-diagnostic VQ scans and normal venous ultrasonography were performed on 226 patients. Of these 226 patients, 86 had a negative D-dimer and 140 had a positive D-dimer. Of the 86 patients with negative VQ scans, normal venous ultrasonography, and a negative D-dimer, 83 were randomly assigned to no additional testing or serial venous ultrasonography (42 and 41 respectively). At six months follow-up, one patient assigned to no additional testing had venous thromboembolism, and no patients in the additional testing group had venous thromboembolism.

 

 

Conclusions

The results of this trial suggest that it is safe to withhold additional diagnostic testing in patients with suspected PE, low pretest clinical probability, and a negative D-dimer test. Even in patients with moderate to high pretest clinical probability, a non-diagnostic VQ scan, and normal venous ultrasonography, only one patient with a negative D-dimer had a venous thromboembolic event at six months follow-up. The assay used for this study was an erythrocyte agglutination SimpliRED assay. Reported sensitivity is approximately 90%, and specificity is approximately 75%. To the readers, it should be noted that the authors defined a low probability Wells score as 4 rather than 1.5 or lower.

Efficacy and Safety of Inhaled Insulin Therapy in Adults with Diabetes Mellitus

Ceglia L, Lau J, Pittas AG. Meta-analysis: efficacy and safety of inhaled insulin therapy in adults with diabetes mellitus. Ann Intern Med. 2006 Nov 7;145(9):665-675.

Background

Despite its effectiveness in attaining glycemic control, there is considerable resistance to insulin use by patients and healthcare providers, primarily because of the need for subcutaneous injection. In January 2006, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved the first formulation of inhaled insulin for clinical use in nonsmoking adults with type 1 or type 2 diabetes and no pulmonary disease. The authors of this paper present a systematic review to examine the efficacy, safety, and patient acceptability of inhaled insulin.

All trials reported a statistically significant increase in overall patient satisfaction with inhaled insulin over subcutaneous insulin.

Methods

The authors conducted a search of MEDLINE to find English-language, randomized, controlled trials of inhaled insulin in nonpregnant adults with diabetes. To find unpublished studies, the authors reviewed the briefing document on Exubera powder for oral inhalation (Pfizer Inc., New York). An abstract was included if it reported original data from controlled trials in patients with type 1 or 2 diabetes and hemoglobin A1C outcomes for patients receiving inhaled insulin versus outcomes for a comparison group (subcutaneous insulin or oral hypoglycemics). Studies with less than 12 weeks duration were excluded because no comparison could be made regarding glycemic efficacy. For glycemic efficacy, the primary outcome was the treatment group difference in hemoglobin A1C from baseline. Secondary outcome was the proportion of patients with hemoglobin A1C levels less than 7%. To evaluate safety, the primary outcomes were severe hypoglycemia (glucose ≤36 mg/dL), cough, and treatment group difference in pulmonary function variables.

Results

Sixteen trials involving a total of 4,023 patients met inclusion criteria. Seven trials compared inhaled insulin with various subcutaneous insulin regimens in patients with type 1 diabetes. Nine trials compared inhaled insulin with subcutaneous insulin or oral hypoglycemic agents in patients with type 2 diabetes. Inhaled insulin was given with meals and titrated according to study-specific glucose goals. Subcutaneous insulin was titrated to the same specific goals. Doses of oral hypoglycemic agents were adjusted for glycemic targets in only two of the nine trials. The combined data from the studies demonstrated a small but statistically significant decrease in the levels of baseline hemoglobin A1C levels in favor of subcutaneous insulin (weighted mean difference 0.08%, [CI 0.03% to 0.14%]) in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes. The greatest advantage of subcutaneous insulin was noted in the study with the longest duration (104 weeks). There was no difference between the study groups in studies with duration of 24 weeks or less. Patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes taking inhaled insulin were no more likely to achieve hemoglobin A1C levels less than 7% than those using subcutaneous insulin.

The combined data from studies comparing inhaled insulin to oral hypoglycemic agents in patients with type 2 diabetes showed that inhaled insulin lowered hemoglobin A1C levels more effectively (weighted mean difference -1.04%, [CI -1.59% to -0.49%]). In studies in which the oral hypoglycemic agents were titrated, inhaled insulin still lowered baseline hemoglobin A1C levels but to a lesser degree (weighted mean difference -0.20%, [CI - 0.34% to -0.07%]). Patients with type 2 diabetes taking inhaled insulin were more likely to achieve hemoglobin A1C levels less than 7% than those taking oral agents.

 

 

There was no difference in episodes of severe hypoglycemia in patients using inhaled insulin compared to those using subcutaneous insulin. A higher proportion of patients using inhaled insulin reported at least one episode of severe hypoglycemia compared to those using oral agents (risk ratio, 3.06 [CI 1.03 to 9.07]; 9.4% versus 3.5%, respectively).

With respect to pulmonary safety, all trials selected patients without histories of pulmonary problems and with at least six months of nonsmoking status. Pulmonary safety was assessed by self-reported symptoms and by pulmonary function tests. The most common pulmonary symptom associated with inhaled insulin was nonproductive cough. This symptom was reported more frequently compared to patients using subcutaneous insulin or oral agents (risk ratio, 3.52 [CI 2.23 to 5.56]; 16.9% versus 5.0%). Cough was noted early in the treatment course and diminished in frequency over time. Patients receiving inhaled insulin had a greater decrease in FEV1 (forced expiratory volume in the first second) from baseline than the comparator group (weighted mean difference, -0.031 L [CI-0.043 L to -0.020 L]). This decrease progressed slowly over the first six months but stabilized in studies of up to two years’ duration.

Only four trials reported data on overall patient satisfaction for inhaled insulin versus subcutaneous insulin. All trials reported a statistically significant increase in overall patient satisfaction with inhaled insulin over subcutaneous insulin. Patients randomly assigned to inhaled insulin were more likely to continue taking inhaled insulin than to switch back to subcutaneous insulin.

Conclusions

This meta-analysis showed that inhaled insulin is comparable to subcutaneous insulin in lowering hemoglobin A1C levels in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes. The proportion of patients reaching a target hemoglobin A1C of less than 7% was much lower in the studies in this meta-analysis as compared to levels in trials of intensive subcutaneous insulin therapy.

It’s more difficult to compare inhaled insulin with oral hypoglycemic agents because most studies involving oral agents used fixed dosing with different types of oral agents. There was a three-fold risk of severe hypoglycemia in patients using inhaled insulin compared to those using oral hypoglycemic agents. This is probably due to overall improved glycemic control in the inhaled insulin group. Cough was more common in the inhaled insulin groups, and there were small decreases in FEV1, but these did not progress over two years. The potential for pulmonary toxicity with long-term administration has not been evaluated and deserves further study.

Classic Literature

A multicenter, randomized, controlled clinical trial of transfusion requirements in critical care

Hebert PC, Wells G, Blajchman MA, et al. A multicenter, randomized, controlled clinical trial of transfusion requirements in critical care. Transfusion Requirements in Critical Care Investigators, Canadian Critical Care Trials Group. N Engl J Med. 1999 Feb 11;340(6):409-417.

Background

There are important risks and benefits of red cell transfusion in critically ill patients. One concern is that anemia may not be tolerated well in this group. Because red cell transfusions are used to augment the delivery of oxygen to avoid the harmful effects of oxygen debt, transfusing patients to keep their hemoglobin levels higher than 10.0 g per deciliter has become a routine practice. There is concern, however, that critically ill patients may be at increased risk of immunosuppressive and microcirculatory complications of red cell transfusions. Also, concern about the safety and supply of red cell transfusions has encouraged a more conservative approach to transfusion strategies.

The authors of this study conducted a randomized, controlled, clinical trial involving critically ill patients with euvolemia to determine whether a restrictive transfusion strategy that maintains hemoglobin concentrations between 7.0 and 9.0 g per deciliter was equivalent to a liberal strategy of maintaining hemoglobin concentrations between 10.0 and 12.0 g per deciliter.

Methods

Enrolled patients were admitted to 25 different intensive care units in Canada between 1994 and 1997. Included patients were expected to have an intensive care unit stay longer than 24 hours and a hemoglobin concentration of 9.0 g per deciliter or less within 72 hours after admission and were considered euvolemic after initial treatment by physicians. Critically ill patients with euvolemia were randomized to either the restrictive or the liberal strategy. Patients were given one unit at a time, and the hemoglobin concentration was measured after each unit transfused. Transfusion was stopped when the patient’s hemoglobin concentration was in the target range. The primary outcome was death from all causes within 30 days of randomization.

Results

A total of 838 patients were enrolled in the study; 418 in the restrictive group and 420 in the liberal group. The average daily hemoglobin concentrations were 8.5 g per deciliter in the restrictive group and 10.7 g per deciliter in the liberal group (P<0.01). An average of 2.6 red cell units per patient was transfused in the restrictive group, as compared to an average of 5.6 red cell units in the liberal group (P<0.01). Thirty-three percent of patients in the restrictive group did not receive any transfusion; every patient in the liberal group received at least one red cell unit.

The rate of death from all causes in the 30 days after admission was 18.7% in the restrictive group and 23.3% in the liberal group (-0.84% to 10.2%, P=0.11). The inpatient mortality rates were lower in the restrictive group (22.2% versus 28.1%, P=0.05). More patients in the liberal group had some type of cardiac complication (21.0% versus 13.2% respectively, P<0.01). Subgroup analyses demonstrated that patients with lower APACHE II scores (20 or less) and patients younger than 55 had improved survival in the restrictive strategy group. There were no significant differences in 30-day mortality between treatment groups in the subgroup of patients with a primary or secondary diagnosis of cardiac disease (20.5% in the restrictive group and 22.9% in the liberal group, P=0.69).

Conclusions

The findings in this study indicate that the use of a restrictive red cell transfusion strategy to hemoglobin levels as low as 7.0 g per deciliter, combined with the maintenance of hemoglobin concentrations between 7.0 and 9.0 g per deciliter, was at least as effective as a more liberal strategy in critically ill patients with euvolemia. All-cause 30-day mortality was no different between the groups but favored the restrictive strategy. The rates of inpatient deaths were lower in the restrictive group. There were more cardiac complications in the liberal group. An important subgroup of patients, those with a history of cardiac disease, had no differences in mortality. The use of this strategy decreased the average number of red cell transfusions by 54%. TH

Hospital Quality for AMI: Process Measures and Their Relationship with Short-term Mortality

Bradley EH, Herrin J, Elbel B, et al. Hospital quality for acute myocardial infarction: correlation among process measures and relationship with short-term mortality. JAMA. 2006 Jul 5;296(1):72-78.

Background

The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) and the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO) monitor and publicly report hospital performance in the treatment of acute myocardial infarction (AMI). Core process measures are considered an indicator of quality of care, but little is known about how these measures affect outcomes (mortality). Five of the seven core measures for AMI assess medication prescription practices; the other two measures are counseling on smoking cessation and timely reperfusion therapy.

Inferences about a hospital’s quality of care for AMI are created by measuring the hospital’s success at performing these measures. No previous study had evaluated a possible correlation between performance on these measures and short-term mortality. The authors of this study used National Registry of Myocardial Infarction (NRMI) and CMS databases to determine the association between hospital performance on AMI process measures and hospital-specific, risk-standardized, 30-day mortality rates.

There is a need for new research to define and study new AMI process measures that can explain more of the variance in both short- and long-term outcomes.

Methods

A cross-sectional study was performed using hospitals that reported AMI discharges to the NRMI from January 2002 through March 2003. Hospitals had to report a minimum of 10 eligible patients. Hospital performance on core measures was recorded: beta-blocker on admission, beta-blocker on dismissal, aspirin on admission, aspirin on dismissal, angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor (ACE) prescription on dismissal, smoking cessation counseling for smokers during admission, and time to reperfusion therapy. Risk-standardized, 30-day, all-cause mortality rates were calculated for each hospital using CMS Medicare claims for patients ages 66 and older with AMI. The primary analysis determined the association of hospital-specific, risk-standardized, 30-day mortality rates with hospital performance on the core process measures.

Results

The most successfully completed core process measure for AMI was aspirin on admission. A mean of 86.4% of participating hospitals completed this measure. The core process measure for AMI that was the least frequently documented was smoking cessation counseling; a mean of 13.9% of participating hospitals completed this measure. Notably, timely reperfusion therapy for AMI—fibrinolytic therapy within 30 minutes of arrival or percutaneous intervention within 120 minutes of arrival—was completed by only 54.5% (mean) of participating hospitals.

Each core process measure had a statistically significant but small correlation with the risk-standardized, 30-day mortality rate (explaining between 0.1% and 3.3% of variance in mortality). Of the 180 hospitals in the top quintile of risk-standardized, 30-day mortality rates, only 31% were in the top quintile of the core process measures. A composite model of all seven core process measures determined that these measures could only explain 6% of the hospital-level variation in risk-standardized, 30-day mortality rates. Secondary analyses did not differ substantially.

Conclusions

In this study, each core process measure for AMI showed a modest correlation with 30-day mortality, but accounted for only 6% of 30-day mortality. This finding highlights the fact that continued measurement of these processes is valuable, but a hospital’s short-term mortality rates for AMI cannot be reliably inferred from performance on publicly reported process measures. These measures are weighted more toward long-term outcome measures. There is a need for new research to define and study new AMI process measures that can explain more of the variance in both short- and long-term outcomes.

Clopidogrel and Aspirin versus Aspirin Alone for the Prevention of Atherothrombotic Events

 

 

Bhatt DL, Fox KA, Hacke W, et al. Clopidogrel and aspirin versus aspirin alone for the prevention of atherothrombotic events. N Engl J Med. 2006 Apr 20;354(16):1706-1717.

Background

Atherothrombotic disorders of the circulatory system are the leading cause of death and disability in the world. Low-dose aspirin has been shown to reduce ischemic event in populations above a certain risk threshold; however, aspirin alone may be insufficient treatment to prevent ischemic events in high-risk patients. Dual antiplatelet therapy with aspirin and clopidogrel has been shown to reduce ischemic events in patients with unstable angina, non-ST segment elevation and ST segment elevation myocardial infarction, as well as in those undergoing angioplasty and stenting.

The risk of moderate or severe bleeding in symptomatic patients was higher in the clopidogrel plus aspirin group than in the aspirin plus placebo group.

Methods

This was a prospective, multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study of the efficacy and safety of aspirin plus clopidogrel in comparison with aspirin plus placebo in patients at high risk for a cardiovascular event. Patients included in the study were 45 or older and had one of the following: multiple atherothrombotic risk factors, documented coronary artery disease, documented cerebrovascular disease, or documented symptomatic peripheral vascular disease. The primary efficacy endpoint was the first occurrence of myocardial infarction (MI), stroke, or death from cardiovascular causes. The primary safety endpoint was severe bleeding.

Results

A total of 15,603 patients were enrolled in the study. Treatment was permanently discontinued by 20.4% in the clopidogrel group as compared with 18.2% in the placebo group (P<0.001). A total of 4.8% of patients in the clopidogrel group and 4.9% in the placebo group discontinued treatment because of an adverse event (P=0.67). Other than the treatment medications, concomitant medication use was similar in both groups. A median follow-up of 28 months revealed that the rates of primary efficacy events in the clopidogrel and placebo group were similar (6.8% versus 7.3%, P=0.22, respectively). The rate of primary safety events was 1.7% in the clopidogrel group and 1.3% in the placebo group, P=0.09.

Conclusions

This trial enrolled patients who either had established atherothrombotic disease or were at high risk for such disease and found that there was no significant benefit associated with the use of clopidogrel plus aspirin compared to aspirin alone in reducing myocardial infarction, stroke, or cardiovascular death. The risk of moderate or severe bleeding in symptomatic patients was higher in the clopidogrel plus aspirin group than in the aspirin plus placebo group. Overall, these findings do not support the use of dual antiplatelet therapy across this broad patient population.

D-Dimer in the Diagnosis of Pulmonary Embolism

Kearon C, Ginsberg JS, Douketis J, et al. An evaluation of D-dimer in the diagnosis of pulmonary embolism: a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med. 2006 Jun 6;144(11):812-821.

Background

The clinical usefulness of the D-dimer test in the diagnosis of pulmonary embolism (PE) has been previously studied. In patients with suspected PE, it may be safe to omit additional diagnostic testing if a patient has a negative D-dimer test; however, this approach has never been evaluated in a randomized, controlled trial.

The investigators in this trial studied two subgroups of patients with suspected PE and a negative D-dimer: patients with a low clinical probability of PE and those with a moderate or high clinical probability of PE who had a non-diagnostic ventilation perfusion scan (VQ scan) and no proximal deep vein thrombosis on venous ultrasonography. The hypothesis was that patients with a negative D-dimer who do not have further testing for PE won’t have a higher frequency of venous thromboembolism during follow-up than patients who undergo routine diagnostic testing.

 

 

Even in patients with moderate to high pretest clinical probability, a non-diagnostic VQ scan, and normal venous ultrasonography, only one patient with a negative D-dimer had a venous thromboembolic event at six months follow-up.

Methods

Before any diagnostic testing, patients were assigned a probability score, using the Wells Criteria, to categorize the probability of PE as low or moderate to high.

Patients with low probability Wells scores: D-dimer testing was done on all patients with a low clinical probability of PE. Patients with a negative D-dimer were randomly assigned either to no additional diagnostic testing and no anticoagulation treatment or to additional diagnostic testing with an initial VQ scan. If the VQ scan was negative, then PE was excluded. If the VQ scan showed one or more segmental perfusion defects that were normally ventilated, then the scan was considered diagnostic for PE. If there were perfusion defects that did not meet the criteria for a high probability scan, then the scan was considered non-diagnostic. Patients with non-diagnostic scans underwent ultrasonography of the proximal veins of the legs. If deep vein thrombosis was present, PE was diagnosed. If ultrasonography was normal, the test was repeated after seven and 14 days. In all patients with a positive D-dimer, a VQ scan was performed.

Patients with moderate to high probability Wells scores: A VQ scan was performed on all patients with a moderate to high probability for PE. Patients with high probability scans were treated; patients with normal scans were not treated. Patients with non-diagnostic scans and normal venous ultrasonography were randomly assigned to receive either no additional testing or serial ultrasonography.

Outcomes: All patients were followed for six months for the development of venous thromboembolism after initial diagnostic testing.

Results

The study enrolled 1,126 patients. Overall, 160 patients (14.2%) had PE diagnosed at initial presentation or by venous ultrasonography. Of 952 patients who did not receive an initial diagnosis of PE, 11 (1.2%) had PE diagnosed at follow-up.

Patients with low probability Wells scores: Low clinical probability was present in 670 patients (60%). In patients with low clinical probability of PE, 373 (56%) had negative D-dimer tests and 297 (44%) had positive D-dimer tests. Of the 373 patients with low probability and negative D-dimer results, 187 were randomized to no additional testing and 186 received a VQ scan. The frequency of venous thromboembolism at six-month follow-up was similar in these two groups (-0.5% [CI, -3.0% to 1.6%]). Three patients with negative D-dimer tests were diagnosed with PE by VQ scan. Results were fairly complete (five patients without a six-month follow-up in the no additional testing group and one without a follow-up in the VQ scan group).

Twenty-four patients with low clinical probability and positive D-dimer results (n=297) were diagnosed with PE. Three patients did not complete the six-month follow-up. Of the remaining 294 patients, five patients had venous thromboembolism at six months.

Patients with moderate to high probability Wells scores: There were 456 patients (40%) had moderate or high clinical probability for PE. Each of these patients had a VQ scan. Non-diagnostic VQ scans and normal venous ultrasonography were performed on 226 patients. Of these 226 patients, 86 had a negative D-dimer and 140 had a positive D-dimer. Of the 86 patients with negative VQ scans, normal venous ultrasonography, and a negative D-dimer, 83 were randomly assigned to no additional testing or serial venous ultrasonography (42 and 41 respectively). At six months follow-up, one patient assigned to no additional testing had venous thromboembolism, and no patients in the additional testing group had venous thromboembolism.

 

 

Conclusions

The results of this trial suggest that it is safe to withhold additional diagnostic testing in patients with suspected PE, low pretest clinical probability, and a negative D-dimer test. Even in patients with moderate to high pretest clinical probability, a non-diagnostic VQ scan, and normal venous ultrasonography, only one patient with a negative D-dimer had a venous thromboembolic event at six months follow-up. The assay used for this study was an erythrocyte agglutination SimpliRED assay. Reported sensitivity is approximately 90%, and specificity is approximately 75%. To the readers, it should be noted that the authors defined a low probability Wells score as 4 rather than 1.5 or lower.

Efficacy and Safety of Inhaled Insulin Therapy in Adults with Diabetes Mellitus

Ceglia L, Lau J, Pittas AG. Meta-analysis: efficacy and safety of inhaled insulin therapy in adults with diabetes mellitus. Ann Intern Med. 2006 Nov 7;145(9):665-675.

Background

Despite its effectiveness in attaining glycemic control, there is considerable resistance to insulin use by patients and healthcare providers, primarily because of the need for subcutaneous injection. In January 2006, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved the first formulation of inhaled insulin for clinical use in nonsmoking adults with type 1 or type 2 diabetes and no pulmonary disease. The authors of this paper present a systematic review to examine the efficacy, safety, and patient acceptability of inhaled insulin.

All trials reported a statistically significant increase in overall patient satisfaction with inhaled insulin over subcutaneous insulin.

Methods

The authors conducted a search of MEDLINE to find English-language, randomized, controlled trials of inhaled insulin in nonpregnant adults with diabetes. To find unpublished studies, the authors reviewed the briefing document on Exubera powder for oral inhalation (Pfizer Inc., New York). An abstract was included if it reported original data from controlled trials in patients with type 1 or 2 diabetes and hemoglobin A1C outcomes for patients receiving inhaled insulin versus outcomes for a comparison group (subcutaneous insulin or oral hypoglycemics). Studies with less than 12 weeks duration were excluded because no comparison could be made regarding glycemic efficacy. For glycemic efficacy, the primary outcome was the treatment group difference in hemoglobin A1C from baseline. Secondary outcome was the proportion of patients with hemoglobin A1C levels less than 7%. To evaluate safety, the primary outcomes were severe hypoglycemia (glucose ≤36 mg/dL), cough, and treatment group difference in pulmonary function variables.

Results

Sixteen trials involving a total of 4,023 patients met inclusion criteria. Seven trials compared inhaled insulin with various subcutaneous insulin regimens in patients with type 1 diabetes. Nine trials compared inhaled insulin with subcutaneous insulin or oral hypoglycemic agents in patients with type 2 diabetes. Inhaled insulin was given with meals and titrated according to study-specific glucose goals. Subcutaneous insulin was titrated to the same specific goals. Doses of oral hypoglycemic agents were adjusted for glycemic targets in only two of the nine trials. The combined data from the studies demonstrated a small but statistically significant decrease in the levels of baseline hemoglobin A1C levels in favor of subcutaneous insulin (weighted mean difference 0.08%, [CI 0.03% to 0.14%]) in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes. The greatest advantage of subcutaneous insulin was noted in the study with the longest duration (104 weeks). There was no difference between the study groups in studies with duration of 24 weeks or less. Patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes taking inhaled insulin were no more likely to achieve hemoglobin A1C levels less than 7% than those using subcutaneous insulin.

The combined data from studies comparing inhaled insulin to oral hypoglycemic agents in patients with type 2 diabetes showed that inhaled insulin lowered hemoglobin A1C levels more effectively (weighted mean difference -1.04%, [CI -1.59% to -0.49%]). In studies in which the oral hypoglycemic agents were titrated, inhaled insulin still lowered baseline hemoglobin A1C levels but to a lesser degree (weighted mean difference -0.20%, [CI - 0.34% to -0.07%]). Patients with type 2 diabetes taking inhaled insulin were more likely to achieve hemoglobin A1C levels less than 7% than those taking oral agents.

 

 

There was no difference in episodes of severe hypoglycemia in patients using inhaled insulin compared to those using subcutaneous insulin. A higher proportion of patients using inhaled insulin reported at least one episode of severe hypoglycemia compared to those using oral agents (risk ratio, 3.06 [CI 1.03 to 9.07]; 9.4% versus 3.5%, respectively).

With respect to pulmonary safety, all trials selected patients without histories of pulmonary problems and with at least six months of nonsmoking status. Pulmonary safety was assessed by self-reported symptoms and by pulmonary function tests. The most common pulmonary symptom associated with inhaled insulin was nonproductive cough. This symptom was reported more frequently compared to patients using subcutaneous insulin or oral agents (risk ratio, 3.52 [CI 2.23 to 5.56]; 16.9% versus 5.0%). Cough was noted early in the treatment course and diminished in frequency over time. Patients receiving inhaled insulin had a greater decrease in FEV1 (forced expiratory volume in the first second) from baseline than the comparator group (weighted mean difference, -0.031 L [CI-0.043 L to -0.020 L]). This decrease progressed slowly over the first six months but stabilized in studies of up to two years’ duration.

Only four trials reported data on overall patient satisfaction for inhaled insulin versus subcutaneous insulin. All trials reported a statistically significant increase in overall patient satisfaction with inhaled insulin over subcutaneous insulin. Patients randomly assigned to inhaled insulin were more likely to continue taking inhaled insulin than to switch back to subcutaneous insulin.

Conclusions

This meta-analysis showed that inhaled insulin is comparable to subcutaneous insulin in lowering hemoglobin A1C levels in patients with type 1 or type 2 diabetes. The proportion of patients reaching a target hemoglobin A1C of less than 7% was much lower in the studies in this meta-analysis as compared to levels in trials of intensive subcutaneous insulin therapy.

It’s more difficult to compare inhaled insulin with oral hypoglycemic agents because most studies involving oral agents used fixed dosing with different types of oral agents. There was a three-fold risk of severe hypoglycemia in patients using inhaled insulin compared to those using oral hypoglycemic agents. This is probably due to overall improved glycemic control in the inhaled insulin group. Cough was more common in the inhaled insulin groups, and there were small decreases in FEV1, but these did not progress over two years. The potential for pulmonary toxicity with long-term administration has not been evaluated and deserves further study.

Classic Literature

A multicenter, randomized, controlled clinical trial of transfusion requirements in critical care

Hebert PC, Wells G, Blajchman MA, et al. A multicenter, randomized, controlled clinical trial of transfusion requirements in critical care. Transfusion Requirements in Critical Care Investigators, Canadian Critical Care Trials Group. N Engl J Med. 1999 Feb 11;340(6):409-417.

Background

There are important risks and benefits of red cell transfusion in critically ill patients. One concern is that anemia may not be tolerated well in this group. Because red cell transfusions are used to augment the delivery of oxygen to avoid the harmful effects of oxygen debt, transfusing patients to keep their hemoglobin levels higher than 10.0 g per deciliter has become a routine practice. There is concern, however, that critically ill patients may be at increased risk of immunosuppressive and microcirculatory complications of red cell transfusions. Also, concern about the safety and supply of red cell transfusions has encouraged a more conservative approach to transfusion strategies.

The authors of this study conducted a randomized, controlled, clinical trial involving critically ill patients with euvolemia to determine whether a restrictive transfusion strategy that maintains hemoglobin concentrations between 7.0 and 9.0 g per deciliter was equivalent to a liberal strategy of maintaining hemoglobin concentrations between 10.0 and 12.0 g per deciliter.

Methods

Enrolled patients were admitted to 25 different intensive care units in Canada between 1994 and 1997. Included patients were expected to have an intensive care unit stay longer than 24 hours and a hemoglobin concentration of 9.0 g per deciliter or less within 72 hours after admission and were considered euvolemic after initial treatment by physicians. Critically ill patients with euvolemia were randomized to either the restrictive or the liberal strategy. Patients were given one unit at a time, and the hemoglobin concentration was measured after each unit transfused. Transfusion was stopped when the patient’s hemoglobin concentration was in the target range. The primary outcome was death from all causes within 30 days of randomization.

Results

A total of 838 patients were enrolled in the study; 418 in the restrictive group and 420 in the liberal group. The average daily hemoglobin concentrations were 8.5 g per deciliter in the restrictive group and 10.7 g per deciliter in the liberal group (P<0.01). An average of 2.6 red cell units per patient was transfused in the restrictive group, as compared to an average of 5.6 red cell units in the liberal group (P<0.01). Thirty-three percent of patients in the restrictive group did not receive any transfusion; every patient in the liberal group received at least one red cell unit.

The rate of death from all causes in the 30 days after admission was 18.7% in the restrictive group and 23.3% in the liberal group (-0.84% to 10.2%, P=0.11). The inpatient mortality rates were lower in the restrictive group (22.2% versus 28.1%, P=0.05). More patients in the liberal group had some type of cardiac complication (21.0% versus 13.2% respectively, P<0.01). Subgroup analyses demonstrated that patients with lower APACHE II scores (20 or less) and patients younger than 55 had improved survival in the restrictive strategy group. There were no significant differences in 30-day mortality between treatment groups in the subgroup of patients with a primary or secondary diagnosis of cardiac disease (20.5% in the restrictive group and 22.9% in the liberal group, P=0.69).

Conclusions

The findings in this study indicate that the use of a restrictive red cell transfusion strategy to hemoglobin levels as low as 7.0 g per deciliter, combined with the maintenance of hemoglobin concentrations between 7.0 and 9.0 g per deciliter, was at least as effective as a more liberal strategy in critically ill patients with euvolemia. All-cause 30-day mortality was no different between the groups but favored the restrictive strategy. The rates of inpatient deaths were lower in the restrictive group. There were more cardiac complications in the liberal group. An important subgroup of patients, those with a history of cardiac disease, had no differences in mortality. The use of this strategy decreased the average number of red cell transfusions by 54%. TH

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
In the Literature
Display Headline
In the Literature
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

Read Your Patients

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:38
Display Headline
Read Your Patients

Translate the following statement into plain English:*

“It is fruitless to become lachrymose over precipitately departed lacteal fluid.”1

If these words made you pause—even for a moment—you now have an inkling of what people of limited literacy confront when they deal with the healthcare system.

Health literacy is best defined as a patient’s ability to read, comprehend, and act on medical instructions and to make appropriate health-related decisions.2,3 It is closely related to, although not absolutely dependent upon, one’s overall level of literacy—and literacy problems are surprisingly widespread. According to the National Assessment of Adult Literacy (NAAL), a survey of more than 19,000 adults conducted in 2003 by the National Center for Educational Statistics and published in 2006, 36% of American adults have nothing more than basic or below basic literacy. People in these two categories might be able to sign their names, decipher a bus schedule, or read very simple instructions telling them what they can and cannot eat before a medical test, but they cannot read a juror information pamphlet, much less an informed consent form. Another recent survey suggested that about one-third of adults in public hospitals read at or below a sixth-grade level.4

Components of Health Literacy

Several components figure into a person’s ability to manage his health and engage the healthcare system. Literacy limitations can impair any or all of these factors, which include:

  • Health promotion: reading and understanding product labels or articles in newspapers;
  • Health protection: reading and understanding applications for insurance or following sanitary precautions in the workplace;
  • Disease prevention and screening: obtaining information about flu shots and blood pressure maintenance;
  • Ability to access care and navigate the system: determining the most appropriate healthcare provider to call when a problem arises or filling out forms correctly; and
  • Routine care and maintenance: testing blood glucose and getting regular checkups.1

Health literacy is further complicated by the fact that it can fluctuate in the same individual at different times and under different circumstances. For example, you might have no trouble deciphering the sentence at the beginning of this article if you feel well and are reading it in your office, living room, study, or some other familiar and comfortable environment. Now imagine that you’re ill and sitting in a noisy, chaotic emergency department, with a sheaf of other forms and papers to plow through. Suddenly the statement above may not be as easy to interpret.

“We must leave behind the notion of ‘illiterates,’ ” says Lakshmi Halasyamani, MD, chair of the Hospital Quality and Patient Safety Committee for SHM. “A person may not normally have a literacy problem, but they may be overwhelmed by the medical terminology, or they simply may not feel well enough to comprehend immediately everything the doctor says to them.”

The changing nature of healthcare may exacerbate the problem. Thirty years ago, only 650 drugs were available, and the average hospital stay for a myocardial infarction was four to six weeks. Today, there are more than 10,000 prescription drugs alone, and the typical stay for a heart attack is two to four days. As healthcare grows increasingly fragmented and complex, doctors have less time than ever to explain things and answer questions for their patients. Nevertheless, patients are expected to shoulder an ever-greater portion of the responsibility for their care and to live with conditions like diabetes or congestive heart failure, which require aggressive and detailed management.5 This is a challenge for even the most highly educated person; for someone whose literacy skills are fragile, the task can seem hopeless.

 

 

In addition to its medical and emotional consequences, limited health literacy is estimated to cost U.S. society $50 to $73 billion per year.6

Ask Me 3

To address the problem of low health literacy in vulnerable populations, a coalition of 19 organizations and individuals, backed by several experts in health literacy, formed the nonprofit Partnership for Clear Health Communications in 2002. The partnership’s mission is to increase awareness of the problem among clinicians, and to offer solutions to patients and healthcare providers alike.

The cornerstone of the partnership’s efforts is the “Ask Me 3” campaign, consisting of nothing more than three simple questions that all patients should ask their doctors:

  • What is my main problem?
  • What do I need to do?
  • Why is it important for me to do this?

Brochures written in elementary English and Spanish about the campaign are available from the partnership free for distribution in office and hospital waiting rooms, seniors’ centers, and the like. Doctors are encouraged to adorn their office walls with “Ask Me 3” posters, also in an effort to encourage better physician-patient communication.

More information for patients and physicians is available on the partnership’s Web site: www.p4chc.org.—NM

Who Is Most Likely to Have Literacy Problems?

In general, “the likelihood of low literacy increases in racial and ethnic minority groups, patients with language barriers, and those with low educational achievement,” says Benjamin Powers, MD, associate professor of general internal medicine at Duke University and a physician at the Durham Veterans Affairs Medical Center in North Carolina.

It’s no surprise that literacy overall, and health literacy specifically, correlate so closely with education and especially with the lack of a high school degree. What is perhaps more surprising is that educational achievement alone does not necessarily guarantee good health literacy.

“Even high school graduates may have trouble,” says Mark Williams, MD. In addition to being a professor of medicine and director of the hospital medicine unit at Emory University School of Medicine in Atlanta, Dr. Williams is the editor of the Journal of Hospital Medicine and has studied health literacy problems for years. “Some highly literate people may have problems reading or absorbing health-related information if they’re sick and not feeling well.”

These people are not illiterate in the conventional sense, but they may have inadequate functional health literacy skills, at least in certain settings.

Age is another risk factor. In one survey of Medicare enrollees, at least one-third of people age 65 or older had some degree of health illiteracy, Dr. Williams says. As with so many other skills, proficient reading requires regular practice, and people tend to read less as they age, so their literacy skills may decline. “It’s especially a problem for the ‘oldest old,’ people who are 75 years old or more,” he explains.

Language and cultural differences also enter into the equation. A patient may be well educated and able to articulate in her own language (perhaps even able to converse well in English under normal circumstances), but may be unfamiliar with medical terminology. Put her in a situation in which she feels ill, flustered, and disoriented, and her communication skills may deteriorate even more, says Dr. Halasyamani.

In short, health literacy consists of many components, including “an emotional overlay, information overload, and cultural overload. All of these factor into the patients’ ability to understand what we tell them,” says Barbara DeBuono, MD, MPH, senior medical advisor on U.S. Public Health and Policy at Pfizer Pharmaceuticals.

Issues Unique to Hospitalists

There are also a few issues unique to hospitalists and their patients, warns Dr. DeBuono, who is also on the board of the Partnership for Clear Health Communication (See “Ask Me 3,” at right.) “Hospitalists don’t necessarily have a long-term relationship with these patients, so they have to make a quick assessment of the patient’s ability to understand and absorb information. Then they have to determine the best way to communicate that information, and, when necessary, change their communication strategy to fit the circumstances.”

 

 

In addition, she says, “hospital patients usually are more complicated than patients seen in an office practice. They may have chronic conditions and several comorbidities, and the information and discharge instructions the physicians give them can be pretty complex.”

Indeed, “a patient may come in thinking she had no issues and leave the hospital with four or five complaints. We’ve rocked her world, and that can be overwhelming for even the most motivated person,” says Dr. Halasyamani, who cautions that any chronic illness that requires a significant amount of ongoing self-care, such as diabetes or heart failure, can tax a patient’s ability to completely understand her situation and coordinate her care effectively.

Fragmented Care

Patients with multiple and complex morbidities also are likely to be cared for by several physicians, who prescribe numerous drugs, tests, and procedures, and who don’t necessarily know what the other members of the care team are doing. Even highly sophisticated people can get the feeling that they’re caught in an ever-changing kaleidoscope of medical visits and jargon, in which the various fragments never coalesce into a comprehensible whole. As Dr. Powers and coauthor Hayden Bosworth, PhD, wrote in a recent editorial: “ … there may be specific physician and health system organizational factors that exacerbate or mitigate the impact of low literacy. Literacy may matter more for patients who are cared for in a chaotic and discontinuous system that is not organized around delivering high quality care in a multidisciplinary setting.”7

This is more than a subjective impression: There is evidence supporting the importance of coordinated care for people of limited literacy skills. Dr. Powers and Bosworth recently compared the impact of low literacy on blood pressure control in patients in the Veterans Affairs (VA) system and those who attended local community clinics.

“Although the prevalence of low literacy was high in both populations, there was a significant association with low literacy and poor blood pressure control in the community clinics but not the VA,” Dr. Powers tells The Hospitalist. “In other words, literacy seemed to be an important predictor of good blood pressure control in one healthcare setting but not in another.”

In hospitals, “the frequency of handoffs among doctors, nurses, caseworkers, and social workers may all contribute to the fragmented nature of a patient’s care,” warns Dr. Halasyamani. This may be exacerbated even further should the patient have the misfortune to be admitted during a transitional period, such as a weekend or the end of the month when staff members rotate.

Red Flags

Literacy limitations are easy to miss: Patients rarely announce that they can’t read forms or comprehend a clinician’s instructions. “Just asking, ‘Do you understand?’ rarely works, because the patient may just nod yes. Physicians need to assess the patient’s comprehension proactively,” says Dr. Williams.

Usually, the clues are subtle. “Most physicians do encounter such patients, but we’re not trained to detect literacy problems and respond appropriately,” says Sunil Kripalani, MD, MSc, who, like Dr. Williams, is an Emory University hospitalist with a special interest in patient literacy issues. Dr. Kripalani suggests looking for red flags, including:

  • Vague or evasive answers to questions. For example, “the patient who is taking a host of medications but can’t name them or tell you what time of day he’s supposed to take them;”
  • Few, if any, questions or discussions of concerns: “Patients with limited literacy are less prone to ask questions, and the questions they do ask may not be as deep as those asked by a patient with greater literacy skills. The patient may use very simple terminology and not integrate any of the concepts discussed during the appointment;” and
  • Missed appointments and repeated crises and hospitalizations resulting from the patient’s inability to read appointment cards or manage his illness. “Limited literacy skills may be a contributor to the exacerbations that put the patient in the hospital,” says Dr. Kripalani.
 

 

A patient with few family or social connections is also cause for concern, adds Dr. Halasyamani: “Lack of social support means there’s not another set of eyes and ears taking in the information.” Yet another red flag to her is the patient who cannot describe his plans for pursuing his care at home.

When patients have their medications with them, Dr. Williams asks how they take them. Those who can read simply look at the label, but a patient with literacy problems must open the bottle and look at the pills to identify them.

Solutions

How can physicians ensure that these patients understand and can follow instructions? Perhaps the easiest and most effective way is the “teach-back” approach, in which you ask the patient to repeat or teach back to you what you’ve just explained to him. For example, you might have him show you how to use an asthma inhaler or how to measure his blood glucose. In this way, you can rapidly assess and correct any deficiencies in the patient’s understanding.

“I’ve seen it take less than 90 seconds for physicians to confirm patient understanding in the context of a clinical visit,” says Dr. Kripalani.

A related technique that might help save time is to resist the temptation to tell the patient too much in a single visit. “Don’t try to give the patient too much information,” he advises. “People can process and retain maybe three nuggets of information at a time, so tell the patient the three most important things and then confirm their understanding of those three things.”

Dr. DeBuono suggests using visual aids like pictures or cartoons to help get important points across. If written material is necessary, have it printed in large type, which might appear less daunting than a page covered in dense, tiny print.

Above all, never embarrass a patient by bluntly asking him if he can read. “Explore the issue sensitively and respectfully,” Dr. Williams says. “Ask if they ever struggle with written materials or what the best way is for them to learn.” Adds Dr. DeBuono, “just by being sensitive to the fact that the patient may not understand is half the game.” TH

Norra MacReady is a medical journalist based in Southern California.

*“There’s no use crying over spilt milk.”

References

  1. Rudd RE. Literacy and implications for navigating health care. Harvard School of Public Health: Health Literacy Website. Slide 20. 2002. Available at www.hsph.harvard.edu/healthliteracy/slides/2002/2002_01.html. Last accessed December 1, 2006.
  2. Schillinger D, Grumbach K, Piette J, et al. Association of health literacy with diabetes outcomes. JAMA. 2002 Jul 24;288(4):475-482.
  3. Paasche-Orlow MK, Schillinger D, Greene SM, et al. How health care systems can begin to address the challenge of limited literacy. J Gen Intern Med. 2006 Aug;21(8):884-887.
  4. Marcus EN. The silent epidemic—the health effects of illiteracy. N Engl J Med. 2006 Jul 27;355(4):339-341. Erratum in N Engl J Med. 2006 Sept 7;355(10):1076.
  5. Williams MV. Recognizing and overcoming inadequate health literacy, a barrier to care. Cleve Clin J Med. 2002 May;69(5):415-418.
  6. Weiss BD. Health literacy: a manual for clinicians [American Medical Association Web site]. American Medical Association Foundation and the American Medical Association, 2003. Available at: www.ama-assn.org/ama1/pub/upload/mm/367/healthlitclinicians.pdf. Last accessed December 16, 2006.
  7. Powers BJ, Bosworth HB. Revisiting literacy and adherence: future clinical and research directions. J Gen Intern Med. 2006;21:1341-1342.

Just asking, “Do you understand?” rarely works because the patient may just nod yes. Physicians need to assess the patient’s comprehension proactively.—Mark Williams, MD, professor of medicine and director of the hospital medicine unit at Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Sections

Translate the following statement into plain English:*

“It is fruitless to become lachrymose over precipitately departed lacteal fluid.”1

If these words made you pause—even for a moment—you now have an inkling of what people of limited literacy confront when they deal with the healthcare system.

Health literacy is best defined as a patient’s ability to read, comprehend, and act on medical instructions and to make appropriate health-related decisions.2,3 It is closely related to, although not absolutely dependent upon, one’s overall level of literacy—and literacy problems are surprisingly widespread. According to the National Assessment of Adult Literacy (NAAL), a survey of more than 19,000 adults conducted in 2003 by the National Center for Educational Statistics and published in 2006, 36% of American adults have nothing more than basic or below basic literacy. People in these two categories might be able to sign their names, decipher a bus schedule, or read very simple instructions telling them what they can and cannot eat before a medical test, but they cannot read a juror information pamphlet, much less an informed consent form. Another recent survey suggested that about one-third of adults in public hospitals read at or below a sixth-grade level.4

Components of Health Literacy

Several components figure into a person’s ability to manage his health and engage the healthcare system. Literacy limitations can impair any or all of these factors, which include:

  • Health promotion: reading and understanding product labels or articles in newspapers;
  • Health protection: reading and understanding applications for insurance or following sanitary precautions in the workplace;
  • Disease prevention and screening: obtaining information about flu shots and blood pressure maintenance;
  • Ability to access care and navigate the system: determining the most appropriate healthcare provider to call when a problem arises or filling out forms correctly; and
  • Routine care and maintenance: testing blood glucose and getting regular checkups.1

Health literacy is further complicated by the fact that it can fluctuate in the same individual at different times and under different circumstances. For example, you might have no trouble deciphering the sentence at the beginning of this article if you feel well and are reading it in your office, living room, study, or some other familiar and comfortable environment. Now imagine that you’re ill and sitting in a noisy, chaotic emergency department, with a sheaf of other forms and papers to plow through. Suddenly the statement above may not be as easy to interpret.

“We must leave behind the notion of ‘illiterates,’ ” says Lakshmi Halasyamani, MD, chair of the Hospital Quality and Patient Safety Committee for SHM. “A person may not normally have a literacy problem, but they may be overwhelmed by the medical terminology, or they simply may not feel well enough to comprehend immediately everything the doctor says to them.”

The changing nature of healthcare may exacerbate the problem. Thirty years ago, only 650 drugs were available, and the average hospital stay for a myocardial infarction was four to six weeks. Today, there are more than 10,000 prescription drugs alone, and the typical stay for a heart attack is two to four days. As healthcare grows increasingly fragmented and complex, doctors have less time than ever to explain things and answer questions for their patients. Nevertheless, patients are expected to shoulder an ever-greater portion of the responsibility for their care and to live with conditions like diabetes or congestive heart failure, which require aggressive and detailed management.5 This is a challenge for even the most highly educated person; for someone whose literacy skills are fragile, the task can seem hopeless.

 

 

In addition to its medical and emotional consequences, limited health literacy is estimated to cost U.S. society $50 to $73 billion per year.6

Ask Me 3

To address the problem of low health literacy in vulnerable populations, a coalition of 19 organizations and individuals, backed by several experts in health literacy, formed the nonprofit Partnership for Clear Health Communications in 2002. The partnership’s mission is to increase awareness of the problem among clinicians, and to offer solutions to patients and healthcare providers alike.

The cornerstone of the partnership’s efforts is the “Ask Me 3” campaign, consisting of nothing more than three simple questions that all patients should ask their doctors:

  • What is my main problem?
  • What do I need to do?
  • Why is it important for me to do this?

Brochures written in elementary English and Spanish about the campaign are available from the partnership free for distribution in office and hospital waiting rooms, seniors’ centers, and the like. Doctors are encouraged to adorn their office walls with “Ask Me 3” posters, also in an effort to encourage better physician-patient communication.

More information for patients and physicians is available on the partnership’s Web site: www.p4chc.org.—NM

Who Is Most Likely to Have Literacy Problems?

In general, “the likelihood of low literacy increases in racial and ethnic minority groups, patients with language barriers, and those with low educational achievement,” says Benjamin Powers, MD, associate professor of general internal medicine at Duke University and a physician at the Durham Veterans Affairs Medical Center in North Carolina.

It’s no surprise that literacy overall, and health literacy specifically, correlate so closely with education and especially with the lack of a high school degree. What is perhaps more surprising is that educational achievement alone does not necessarily guarantee good health literacy.

“Even high school graduates may have trouble,” says Mark Williams, MD. In addition to being a professor of medicine and director of the hospital medicine unit at Emory University School of Medicine in Atlanta, Dr. Williams is the editor of the Journal of Hospital Medicine and has studied health literacy problems for years. “Some highly literate people may have problems reading or absorbing health-related information if they’re sick and not feeling well.”

These people are not illiterate in the conventional sense, but they may have inadequate functional health literacy skills, at least in certain settings.

Age is another risk factor. In one survey of Medicare enrollees, at least one-third of people age 65 or older had some degree of health illiteracy, Dr. Williams says. As with so many other skills, proficient reading requires regular practice, and people tend to read less as they age, so their literacy skills may decline. “It’s especially a problem for the ‘oldest old,’ people who are 75 years old or more,” he explains.

Language and cultural differences also enter into the equation. A patient may be well educated and able to articulate in her own language (perhaps even able to converse well in English under normal circumstances), but may be unfamiliar with medical terminology. Put her in a situation in which she feels ill, flustered, and disoriented, and her communication skills may deteriorate even more, says Dr. Halasyamani.

In short, health literacy consists of many components, including “an emotional overlay, information overload, and cultural overload. All of these factor into the patients’ ability to understand what we tell them,” says Barbara DeBuono, MD, MPH, senior medical advisor on U.S. Public Health and Policy at Pfizer Pharmaceuticals.

Issues Unique to Hospitalists

There are also a few issues unique to hospitalists and their patients, warns Dr. DeBuono, who is also on the board of the Partnership for Clear Health Communication (See “Ask Me 3,” at right.) “Hospitalists don’t necessarily have a long-term relationship with these patients, so they have to make a quick assessment of the patient’s ability to understand and absorb information. Then they have to determine the best way to communicate that information, and, when necessary, change their communication strategy to fit the circumstances.”

 

 

In addition, she says, “hospital patients usually are more complicated than patients seen in an office practice. They may have chronic conditions and several comorbidities, and the information and discharge instructions the physicians give them can be pretty complex.”

Indeed, “a patient may come in thinking she had no issues and leave the hospital with four or five complaints. We’ve rocked her world, and that can be overwhelming for even the most motivated person,” says Dr. Halasyamani, who cautions that any chronic illness that requires a significant amount of ongoing self-care, such as diabetes or heart failure, can tax a patient’s ability to completely understand her situation and coordinate her care effectively.

Fragmented Care

Patients with multiple and complex morbidities also are likely to be cared for by several physicians, who prescribe numerous drugs, tests, and procedures, and who don’t necessarily know what the other members of the care team are doing. Even highly sophisticated people can get the feeling that they’re caught in an ever-changing kaleidoscope of medical visits and jargon, in which the various fragments never coalesce into a comprehensible whole. As Dr. Powers and coauthor Hayden Bosworth, PhD, wrote in a recent editorial: “ … there may be specific physician and health system organizational factors that exacerbate or mitigate the impact of low literacy. Literacy may matter more for patients who are cared for in a chaotic and discontinuous system that is not organized around delivering high quality care in a multidisciplinary setting.”7

This is more than a subjective impression: There is evidence supporting the importance of coordinated care for people of limited literacy skills. Dr. Powers and Bosworth recently compared the impact of low literacy on blood pressure control in patients in the Veterans Affairs (VA) system and those who attended local community clinics.

“Although the prevalence of low literacy was high in both populations, there was a significant association with low literacy and poor blood pressure control in the community clinics but not the VA,” Dr. Powers tells The Hospitalist. “In other words, literacy seemed to be an important predictor of good blood pressure control in one healthcare setting but not in another.”

In hospitals, “the frequency of handoffs among doctors, nurses, caseworkers, and social workers may all contribute to the fragmented nature of a patient’s care,” warns Dr. Halasyamani. This may be exacerbated even further should the patient have the misfortune to be admitted during a transitional period, such as a weekend or the end of the month when staff members rotate.

Red Flags

Literacy limitations are easy to miss: Patients rarely announce that they can’t read forms or comprehend a clinician’s instructions. “Just asking, ‘Do you understand?’ rarely works, because the patient may just nod yes. Physicians need to assess the patient’s comprehension proactively,” says Dr. Williams.

Usually, the clues are subtle. “Most physicians do encounter such patients, but we’re not trained to detect literacy problems and respond appropriately,” says Sunil Kripalani, MD, MSc, who, like Dr. Williams, is an Emory University hospitalist with a special interest in patient literacy issues. Dr. Kripalani suggests looking for red flags, including:

  • Vague or evasive answers to questions. For example, “the patient who is taking a host of medications but can’t name them or tell you what time of day he’s supposed to take them;”
  • Few, if any, questions or discussions of concerns: “Patients with limited literacy are less prone to ask questions, and the questions they do ask may not be as deep as those asked by a patient with greater literacy skills. The patient may use very simple terminology and not integrate any of the concepts discussed during the appointment;” and
  • Missed appointments and repeated crises and hospitalizations resulting from the patient’s inability to read appointment cards or manage his illness. “Limited literacy skills may be a contributor to the exacerbations that put the patient in the hospital,” says Dr. Kripalani.
 

 

A patient with few family or social connections is also cause for concern, adds Dr. Halasyamani: “Lack of social support means there’s not another set of eyes and ears taking in the information.” Yet another red flag to her is the patient who cannot describe his plans for pursuing his care at home.

When patients have their medications with them, Dr. Williams asks how they take them. Those who can read simply look at the label, but a patient with literacy problems must open the bottle and look at the pills to identify them.

Solutions

How can physicians ensure that these patients understand and can follow instructions? Perhaps the easiest and most effective way is the “teach-back” approach, in which you ask the patient to repeat or teach back to you what you’ve just explained to him. For example, you might have him show you how to use an asthma inhaler or how to measure his blood glucose. In this way, you can rapidly assess and correct any deficiencies in the patient’s understanding.

“I’ve seen it take less than 90 seconds for physicians to confirm patient understanding in the context of a clinical visit,” says Dr. Kripalani.

A related technique that might help save time is to resist the temptation to tell the patient too much in a single visit. “Don’t try to give the patient too much information,” he advises. “People can process and retain maybe three nuggets of information at a time, so tell the patient the three most important things and then confirm their understanding of those three things.”

Dr. DeBuono suggests using visual aids like pictures or cartoons to help get important points across. If written material is necessary, have it printed in large type, which might appear less daunting than a page covered in dense, tiny print.

Above all, never embarrass a patient by bluntly asking him if he can read. “Explore the issue sensitively and respectfully,” Dr. Williams says. “Ask if they ever struggle with written materials or what the best way is for them to learn.” Adds Dr. DeBuono, “just by being sensitive to the fact that the patient may not understand is half the game.” TH

Norra MacReady is a medical journalist based in Southern California.

*“There’s no use crying over spilt milk.”

References

  1. Rudd RE. Literacy and implications for navigating health care. Harvard School of Public Health: Health Literacy Website. Slide 20. 2002. Available at www.hsph.harvard.edu/healthliteracy/slides/2002/2002_01.html. Last accessed December 1, 2006.
  2. Schillinger D, Grumbach K, Piette J, et al. Association of health literacy with diabetes outcomes. JAMA. 2002 Jul 24;288(4):475-482.
  3. Paasche-Orlow MK, Schillinger D, Greene SM, et al. How health care systems can begin to address the challenge of limited literacy. J Gen Intern Med. 2006 Aug;21(8):884-887.
  4. Marcus EN. The silent epidemic—the health effects of illiteracy. N Engl J Med. 2006 Jul 27;355(4):339-341. Erratum in N Engl J Med. 2006 Sept 7;355(10):1076.
  5. Williams MV. Recognizing and overcoming inadequate health literacy, a barrier to care. Cleve Clin J Med. 2002 May;69(5):415-418.
  6. Weiss BD. Health literacy: a manual for clinicians [American Medical Association Web site]. American Medical Association Foundation and the American Medical Association, 2003. Available at: www.ama-assn.org/ama1/pub/upload/mm/367/healthlitclinicians.pdf. Last accessed December 16, 2006.
  7. Powers BJ, Bosworth HB. Revisiting literacy and adherence: future clinical and research directions. J Gen Intern Med. 2006;21:1341-1342.

Just asking, “Do you understand?” rarely works because the patient may just nod yes. Physicians need to assess the patient’s comprehension proactively.—Mark Williams, MD, professor of medicine and director of the hospital medicine unit at Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta.

Translate the following statement into plain English:*

“It is fruitless to become lachrymose over precipitately departed lacteal fluid.”1

If these words made you pause—even for a moment—you now have an inkling of what people of limited literacy confront when they deal with the healthcare system.

Health literacy is best defined as a patient’s ability to read, comprehend, and act on medical instructions and to make appropriate health-related decisions.2,3 It is closely related to, although not absolutely dependent upon, one’s overall level of literacy—and literacy problems are surprisingly widespread. According to the National Assessment of Adult Literacy (NAAL), a survey of more than 19,000 adults conducted in 2003 by the National Center for Educational Statistics and published in 2006, 36% of American adults have nothing more than basic or below basic literacy. People in these two categories might be able to sign their names, decipher a bus schedule, or read very simple instructions telling them what they can and cannot eat before a medical test, but they cannot read a juror information pamphlet, much less an informed consent form. Another recent survey suggested that about one-third of adults in public hospitals read at or below a sixth-grade level.4

Components of Health Literacy

Several components figure into a person’s ability to manage his health and engage the healthcare system. Literacy limitations can impair any or all of these factors, which include:

  • Health promotion: reading and understanding product labels or articles in newspapers;
  • Health protection: reading and understanding applications for insurance or following sanitary precautions in the workplace;
  • Disease prevention and screening: obtaining information about flu shots and blood pressure maintenance;
  • Ability to access care and navigate the system: determining the most appropriate healthcare provider to call when a problem arises or filling out forms correctly; and
  • Routine care and maintenance: testing blood glucose and getting regular checkups.1

Health literacy is further complicated by the fact that it can fluctuate in the same individual at different times and under different circumstances. For example, you might have no trouble deciphering the sentence at the beginning of this article if you feel well and are reading it in your office, living room, study, or some other familiar and comfortable environment. Now imagine that you’re ill and sitting in a noisy, chaotic emergency department, with a sheaf of other forms and papers to plow through. Suddenly the statement above may not be as easy to interpret.

“We must leave behind the notion of ‘illiterates,’ ” says Lakshmi Halasyamani, MD, chair of the Hospital Quality and Patient Safety Committee for SHM. “A person may not normally have a literacy problem, but they may be overwhelmed by the medical terminology, or they simply may not feel well enough to comprehend immediately everything the doctor says to them.”

The changing nature of healthcare may exacerbate the problem. Thirty years ago, only 650 drugs were available, and the average hospital stay for a myocardial infarction was four to six weeks. Today, there are more than 10,000 prescription drugs alone, and the typical stay for a heart attack is two to four days. As healthcare grows increasingly fragmented and complex, doctors have less time than ever to explain things and answer questions for their patients. Nevertheless, patients are expected to shoulder an ever-greater portion of the responsibility for their care and to live with conditions like diabetes or congestive heart failure, which require aggressive and detailed management.5 This is a challenge for even the most highly educated person; for someone whose literacy skills are fragile, the task can seem hopeless.

 

 

In addition to its medical and emotional consequences, limited health literacy is estimated to cost U.S. society $50 to $73 billion per year.6

Ask Me 3

To address the problem of low health literacy in vulnerable populations, a coalition of 19 organizations and individuals, backed by several experts in health literacy, formed the nonprofit Partnership for Clear Health Communications in 2002. The partnership’s mission is to increase awareness of the problem among clinicians, and to offer solutions to patients and healthcare providers alike.

The cornerstone of the partnership’s efforts is the “Ask Me 3” campaign, consisting of nothing more than three simple questions that all patients should ask their doctors:

  • What is my main problem?
  • What do I need to do?
  • Why is it important for me to do this?

Brochures written in elementary English and Spanish about the campaign are available from the partnership free for distribution in office and hospital waiting rooms, seniors’ centers, and the like. Doctors are encouraged to adorn their office walls with “Ask Me 3” posters, also in an effort to encourage better physician-patient communication.

More information for patients and physicians is available on the partnership’s Web site: www.p4chc.org.—NM

Who Is Most Likely to Have Literacy Problems?

In general, “the likelihood of low literacy increases in racial and ethnic minority groups, patients with language barriers, and those with low educational achievement,” says Benjamin Powers, MD, associate professor of general internal medicine at Duke University and a physician at the Durham Veterans Affairs Medical Center in North Carolina.

It’s no surprise that literacy overall, and health literacy specifically, correlate so closely with education and especially with the lack of a high school degree. What is perhaps more surprising is that educational achievement alone does not necessarily guarantee good health literacy.

“Even high school graduates may have trouble,” says Mark Williams, MD. In addition to being a professor of medicine and director of the hospital medicine unit at Emory University School of Medicine in Atlanta, Dr. Williams is the editor of the Journal of Hospital Medicine and has studied health literacy problems for years. “Some highly literate people may have problems reading or absorbing health-related information if they’re sick and not feeling well.”

These people are not illiterate in the conventional sense, but they may have inadequate functional health literacy skills, at least in certain settings.

Age is another risk factor. In one survey of Medicare enrollees, at least one-third of people age 65 or older had some degree of health illiteracy, Dr. Williams says. As with so many other skills, proficient reading requires regular practice, and people tend to read less as they age, so their literacy skills may decline. “It’s especially a problem for the ‘oldest old,’ people who are 75 years old or more,” he explains.

Language and cultural differences also enter into the equation. A patient may be well educated and able to articulate in her own language (perhaps even able to converse well in English under normal circumstances), but may be unfamiliar with medical terminology. Put her in a situation in which she feels ill, flustered, and disoriented, and her communication skills may deteriorate even more, says Dr. Halasyamani.

In short, health literacy consists of many components, including “an emotional overlay, information overload, and cultural overload. All of these factor into the patients’ ability to understand what we tell them,” says Barbara DeBuono, MD, MPH, senior medical advisor on U.S. Public Health and Policy at Pfizer Pharmaceuticals.

Issues Unique to Hospitalists

There are also a few issues unique to hospitalists and their patients, warns Dr. DeBuono, who is also on the board of the Partnership for Clear Health Communication (See “Ask Me 3,” at right.) “Hospitalists don’t necessarily have a long-term relationship with these patients, so they have to make a quick assessment of the patient’s ability to understand and absorb information. Then they have to determine the best way to communicate that information, and, when necessary, change their communication strategy to fit the circumstances.”

 

 

In addition, she says, “hospital patients usually are more complicated than patients seen in an office practice. They may have chronic conditions and several comorbidities, and the information and discharge instructions the physicians give them can be pretty complex.”

Indeed, “a patient may come in thinking she had no issues and leave the hospital with four or five complaints. We’ve rocked her world, and that can be overwhelming for even the most motivated person,” says Dr. Halasyamani, who cautions that any chronic illness that requires a significant amount of ongoing self-care, such as diabetes or heart failure, can tax a patient’s ability to completely understand her situation and coordinate her care effectively.

Fragmented Care

Patients with multiple and complex morbidities also are likely to be cared for by several physicians, who prescribe numerous drugs, tests, and procedures, and who don’t necessarily know what the other members of the care team are doing. Even highly sophisticated people can get the feeling that they’re caught in an ever-changing kaleidoscope of medical visits and jargon, in which the various fragments never coalesce into a comprehensible whole. As Dr. Powers and coauthor Hayden Bosworth, PhD, wrote in a recent editorial: “ … there may be specific physician and health system organizational factors that exacerbate or mitigate the impact of low literacy. Literacy may matter more for patients who are cared for in a chaotic and discontinuous system that is not organized around delivering high quality care in a multidisciplinary setting.”7

This is more than a subjective impression: There is evidence supporting the importance of coordinated care for people of limited literacy skills. Dr. Powers and Bosworth recently compared the impact of low literacy on blood pressure control in patients in the Veterans Affairs (VA) system and those who attended local community clinics.

“Although the prevalence of low literacy was high in both populations, there was a significant association with low literacy and poor blood pressure control in the community clinics but not the VA,” Dr. Powers tells The Hospitalist. “In other words, literacy seemed to be an important predictor of good blood pressure control in one healthcare setting but not in another.”

In hospitals, “the frequency of handoffs among doctors, nurses, caseworkers, and social workers may all contribute to the fragmented nature of a patient’s care,” warns Dr. Halasyamani. This may be exacerbated even further should the patient have the misfortune to be admitted during a transitional period, such as a weekend or the end of the month when staff members rotate.

Red Flags

Literacy limitations are easy to miss: Patients rarely announce that they can’t read forms or comprehend a clinician’s instructions. “Just asking, ‘Do you understand?’ rarely works, because the patient may just nod yes. Physicians need to assess the patient’s comprehension proactively,” says Dr. Williams.

Usually, the clues are subtle. “Most physicians do encounter such patients, but we’re not trained to detect literacy problems and respond appropriately,” says Sunil Kripalani, MD, MSc, who, like Dr. Williams, is an Emory University hospitalist with a special interest in patient literacy issues. Dr. Kripalani suggests looking for red flags, including:

  • Vague or evasive answers to questions. For example, “the patient who is taking a host of medications but can’t name them or tell you what time of day he’s supposed to take them;”
  • Few, if any, questions or discussions of concerns: “Patients with limited literacy are less prone to ask questions, and the questions they do ask may not be as deep as those asked by a patient with greater literacy skills. The patient may use very simple terminology and not integrate any of the concepts discussed during the appointment;” and
  • Missed appointments and repeated crises and hospitalizations resulting from the patient’s inability to read appointment cards or manage his illness. “Limited literacy skills may be a contributor to the exacerbations that put the patient in the hospital,” says Dr. Kripalani.
 

 

A patient with few family or social connections is also cause for concern, adds Dr. Halasyamani: “Lack of social support means there’s not another set of eyes and ears taking in the information.” Yet another red flag to her is the patient who cannot describe his plans for pursuing his care at home.

When patients have their medications with them, Dr. Williams asks how they take them. Those who can read simply look at the label, but a patient with literacy problems must open the bottle and look at the pills to identify them.

Solutions

How can physicians ensure that these patients understand and can follow instructions? Perhaps the easiest and most effective way is the “teach-back” approach, in which you ask the patient to repeat or teach back to you what you’ve just explained to him. For example, you might have him show you how to use an asthma inhaler or how to measure his blood glucose. In this way, you can rapidly assess and correct any deficiencies in the patient’s understanding.

“I’ve seen it take less than 90 seconds for physicians to confirm patient understanding in the context of a clinical visit,” says Dr. Kripalani.

A related technique that might help save time is to resist the temptation to tell the patient too much in a single visit. “Don’t try to give the patient too much information,” he advises. “People can process and retain maybe three nuggets of information at a time, so tell the patient the three most important things and then confirm their understanding of those three things.”

Dr. DeBuono suggests using visual aids like pictures or cartoons to help get important points across. If written material is necessary, have it printed in large type, which might appear less daunting than a page covered in dense, tiny print.

Above all, never embarrass a patient by bluntly asking him if he can read. “Explore the issue sensitively and respectfully,” Dr. Williams says. “Ask if they ever struggle with written materials or what the best way is for them to learn.” Adds Dr. DeBuono, “just by being sensitive to the fact that the patient may not understand is half the game.” TH

Norra MacReady is a medical journalist based in Southern California.

*“There’s no use crying over spilt milk.”

References

  1. Rudd RE. Literacy and implications for navigating health care. Harvard School of Public Health: Health Literacy Website. Slide 20. 2002. Available at www.hsph.harvard.edu/healthliteracy/slides/2002/2002_01.html. Last accessed December 1, 2006.
  2. Schillinger D, Grumbach K, Piette J, et al. Association of health literacy with diabetes outcomes. JAMA. 2002 Jul 24;288(4):475-482.
  3. Paasche-Orlow MK, Schillinger D, Greene SM, et al. How health care systems can begin to address the challenge of limited literacy. J Gen Intern Med. 2006 Aug;21(8):884-887.
  4. Marcus EN. The silent epidemic—the health effects of illiteracy. N Engl J Med. 2006 Jul 27;355(4):339-341. Erratum in N Engl J Med. 2006 Sept 7;355(10):1076.
  5. Williams MV. Recognizing and overcoming inadequate health literacy, a barrier to care. Cleve Clin J Med. 2002 May;69(5):415-418.
  6. Weiss BD. Health literacy: a manual for clinicians [American Medical Association Web site]. American Medical Association Foundation and the American Medical Association, 2003. Available at: www.ama-assn.org/ama1/pub/upload/mm/367/healthlitclinicians.pdf. Last accessed December 16, 2006.
  7. Powers BJ, Bosworth HB. Revisiting literacy and adherence: future clinical and research directions. J Gen Intern Med. 2006;21:1341-1342.

Just asking, “Do you understand?” rarely works because the patient may just nod yes. Physicians need to assess the patient’s comprehension proactively.—Mark Williams, MD, professor of medicine and director of the hospital medicine unit at Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Read Your Patients
Display Headline
Read Your Patients
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

Get Smart

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:38
Display Headline
Get Smart

In YOU: The Smart Patient: An Insider's Handbook for Getting the Best Treatment, authors Michael F. Roizen, MD, and Mehmet C. Oz, MD, well-credentialed celebrity physicians, tell the reader that being a smart patient may make the difference between good and poor care and may even save your life. Everyone can be a “medical detective,” they suggest, seeking and supplying the facts that providers and administrators need in order to avoid errors or mix-ups.

The Joint Commission Resources, a collaborator on this publication, announces on its Web site that this book “empowers patients” (www.jcrinc.com/generic.asp?durki=11727&site=11&return=405.). Dr. Oz, in a Web post to customers who might purchase the book, puts it this way: “[T]he Joint Commission, our nation’s healthcare safety advocate, approached us to help with a big problem. Medical errors cost us 98,000 lives per year, and the Joint Commission could not squash this crazily large number without pulling in the biggest ally of all, the Smart Patient.” It’s a “scary statistic,” but true, he writes, “You have a two in five chance of being affected by a major medical complication in your life.” (For more information on the book, visit www.amazon.com/YOU-Insiders-Handbook-Getting-Treatment/dp/0743293010.)

The Hospitalist asked some hospitalists what they would recommend to a friend or relative headed for a hospital stay. Do they have any tips that only an insider would know? As might be expected, some of their advice echoes that already available in print, in broadcasts, and on the Web. And some things that were mentioned in these publications were also on our hospitalists’ list, including bringing along statistics, dates, and other healthcare specifics that might be crucial to providers. In fact, Drs. Roizen and Oz recommend assembling a thorough health history and bringing two copies of it to hospital admission—one especially for “the admitting nurse who welcomes you to your bed.”

Assume Nothing

In their book chapter on hospital stays, Drs. Oz and Roizen emphasize that patients and their visitors should keep an eye out to make certain hospital staff wash their hands and give the patient the right treatments, tests, and medications. “It’s astounding the amount of diligence you and your family will have to exercise during a hospital stay,” a reader-reviewer writes on the book’s Web page on the Amazon.com site. Some of the warnings posted in a book excerpt at the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO)’s site include “Don’t touch that remote!” and “wear rubber gloves” if you do want to watch TV. Readers are told that “a study found that the TV remote control is one of the most germ-infested things in a hospital room.”

Patients are also cautioned to “insist on being scanned,” to “insist on a clean stethoscope,” and to keep “an industrial-sized jug of alcohol hand-sanitizing gel” by the bed. In fact, the authors write: “Stethoscopes are filthy from being used on several patients an hour. Most doc[tor]s now wash their stethoscopes with alcohol between patients, but we’d always ask.” Our hospitalists agreed.

Ian Jenkins, MD, a hospitalist with the University of California at San Diego, would tell his friends and family to remind providers to wash their hands. “Don’t let anyone touch you unless you’ve seen them wash or gel their hands correctly—and their stethoscopes, too.”

Drs. Oz and Roizen say, “You might even post a sign that reads ‘Thank You for Washing Your Hands’ as a gentle reminder.”

Trust your intuition, one hospitalist tells people facing hospitalization. “If you sense that something is awry, it probably is,” says Jeanne Farnan, MD, a hospitalist scholar at The University of Chicago Hospitals. “Discuss concerns with physicians/nurses. Write down your questions in case they come to you spontaneously.”

 

 

On the other hand, she tells friends and relatives, “Patients, when asked questions, will often respond, ‘it’s in my chart.’ We often don't have access to a primary MD’s notes/chart, and not all documentation is pristine. When we are asking questions regarding your medical history, it is only to provide you with the best care—not to be a nuisance.”

All patients, but especially the elderly, says Dr. Sachdeva, should have a patient advocate with them at the hospital … someone who can be there in the room and ask these questions: What medicine are you giving me? What’s the next step? What are the options?

Be Selective about Your Providers and Hospital

One recommendation from JCAHO’s patient education Web pages is a section entitled “Finding Dr. Right.” “Choose wisely and you could rest easy for many years to come,” it says.

Sandeep Sachdeva, MD, lead hospitalist at Swedish Medical Center’s Stroke Program and clinical instructor at the University of Washington at Seattle, says this may apply even to a patient’s relationship with a hospitalist.

“Sometimes patients come in and tell us their stories [about how providers treat them]. It’s just amazing; I think patients who have family members providing close supervision seem to get better care than somebody [who] is not asking questions,” he says. “And some care providers find questions intimidating, but the patient should not get discouraged by that. … If they feel that the care provider is not listening to them or not being attentive to them, they can always have a recourse: They can talk to the supervisor of that provider or somebody else [to get] a different provider. Patients sometimes have the fear that if they speak up against somebody that their care might be jeopardized.”

Dr. Sachdeva advises friends and relatives that they talk to the nursing supervisor or ask for the physician supervisor or an administrative person or social worker so that they get the attention they need.

Dr. Jenkins agrees. “Informed consent” is one of his tips for friends and family: “If your doctor won't talk to you about the risks and benefits of your treatments, and alternatives to them, you need a new doctor.”

Our hospitalists suggest being discriminating, savvy, and proactive:

  • “Find one hospital you are comfortable with, [where] your family physician is on staff, and use it exclusively if possible,” says David M. Grace, MD, a hospitalist with The Schumacher Group in Lafayette, La. “By utilizing one hospital, all of your previous records and test results are immediately available when needed. Often this translates into a much shorter hospitalization as there are no delays in obtaining old records, and it minimizes the chance of duplicate tests/procedures being performed.”
  • “Know who your doctors are [and] what their role is, and understand their input into your healthcare,” says Dr. Farnan, who is extensively involved in medical residents’ training. And “be cognizant of the physician work hours,” she advises. “We often have families who demand to speak with ‘their’ doctor at all hours of the early morning and night.” She tells friends and relatives, “I think more patients need to understand the nature [and] structure of the system [and] what kind of information a covering physician can provide. If the family of the patient has questions [and] wants to speak with the primary MD, it may be best to attempt in the daytime when the primary service is more likely to be present.”
  • “Know the full names, and preferably [the] phone numbers, of all your outpatient physicians,” says Dr. Grace. “One area will often have multiple doctors with the same last name, and, frequently, records need to be requested from them. Up-to-date contact information on your physicians helps us request the right records from the right physicians with minimal delay.”
 

 

What to Bring to the Hospital

Some hospital Web sites advise patients on what to bring with them for their hospital stay, suggesting everything from your own robe, slippers, pajamas, or nightgown to an advance directive. Definitely, the latter is an important point.

“Whether it’s an elective or emergent admission,” says Dr. Grace, “there are a few things [you] can do to ensure [your] hospitalization is as safe, efficient, and productive as possible,” he tells friends and relatives. Among them, he says, is to “have a Living Will or advance directives completed, ensure the hospital has a copy, and discuss your wishes with your family prior to admission. Clear and concise plans, coupled with good family awareness, will help ensure your wishes and values are honored appropriately.”

And, as several of his hospitalist colleagues suggest, “Bring all of the medications you are currently using, including any over-the-counter medicines and herbs or homeopathic treatments. It’s imperative that physicians know what medications you are taking [because] many cannot be stopped abruptly, and [they may] have interactions with medications you may receive in the hospital.”

In addition, “know what medications you’re truly allergic to [e.g., hives, swelling, breathing problems],” Dr. Grace advises, “and which medications you have had side effects from [e.g., stomach upset, sleepiness, and so on]. Many patients confuse the two. Occasionally the best or only option involves using medications with potential unwanted side effects. Rarely do we use medications to which the patient has a true allergy.”

Communication: The Key to the Hospital Kingdom

Dr. Sachdeva recommends being ready to communicate even before going to the hospital. “In the case of an emergency admission,” he says, “they should have all their information readily available because at the time for a needed hospitalization, they may be sick and confused.” Have it “on their person” or in “an easily identifiable place,” he says, and, like his colleagues, he reiterates that this information should include a list of medications, problems, doctors, and phone numbers, along with a list of patient advocates and their phone numbers.

“Most of the time, patients are able to notify a family member, but if that doesn’t happen, then the ER can notify the appropriate person to be present to supervise and oversee the care from a patient perspective,” he says.

Communication was mentioned by all the hospitalists we interviewed. “Be prepared to ask questions and take an active role in your healthcare,” says Dr. Grace. “Ask your nurse what each medication you receive is and what it’s for. Ensure you know what medications to continue taking when you return home and which ones to stop. If you don’t understand your diagnosis, prognosis, or treatment plan, make sure you ask.”

One hospitalist’s advice pertained to the patient’s and family’s behavior and is based on an experience in her own family: “Be really nice to everybody,” Alison Holmes, MD, a hospitalist with Concord Hospital, Concord, N.H., advises friends and family. “This is hard to do when you’re sick and scared, but it’s incredibly important.”

Dr. Holmes speaks of her own parents’ experience: “My mother was admitted to the hospital for pneumonia about a year ago. She had very long wait in the emergency room. My father got very upset and called me and said, ‘Oh, they were so angry at me, I was yelling at everybody.’

“That won’t get you anywhere!” I told him. “That will get you worse care.” I asked, “Where is she now?” and he said, ‘Oh, she’s still in the emergency room,’ and I said, “You’re at home? You left her there?” Dr. Holmes then advised her father to return to the hospital right away.

 

 

Finally, all the hospitalists we interviewed emphasized that they would tell their family members to designate a point person for communication. And you can’t assume that that would be their doctor son or daughter, even if they happened to be in the same locale.

“When possible, don’t stay in the hospital alone,” says Dr. Holmes. “Try to always have a family member present so that there is someone available for questions. It’s not always clear where [the physician] can reach someone or how far away [that person is]. It can take a little coordination and multiple people to do it,” she says.

Also, Dr. Farnan points out, “It is often difficult [because of time limitations] for [physicians] to repeat the same information to multiple family members.”

All patients, but especially the elderly, says Dr. Sachdeva, should have a patient advocate with them at the hospital. If they don’t have family close by, they should have “a close friend or neighbor who is willing to take on that job, someone who can be there in the room and ask these questions: What medicine are you giving me? What’s the next step? What are the options?”

Dr. Sachdeva advises relatives that they might be distressed or unable to focus, so having a healthy advocate with them may be extremely important, “the difference between life and death,” although, no doubt, he’d leave that last comment out of his advice to family. “Because a lot of the time, it is not that we don’t try to do a good job, but it’s just [that] the advocate might bring something to our attention that we might not have otherwise noticed.” TH

Andrea Sattinger has been writing for The Hospitalist since 2005.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Sections

In YOU: The Smart Patient: An Insider's Handbook for Getting the Best Treatment, authors Michael F. Roizen, MD, and Mehmet C. Oz, MD, well-credentialed celebrity physicians, tell the reader that being a smart patient may make the difference between good and poor care and may even save your life. Everyone can be a “medical detective,” they suggest, seeking and supplying the facts that providers and administrators need in order to avoid errors or mix-ups.

The Joint Commission Resources, a collaborator on this publication, announces on its Web site that this book “empowers patients” (www.jcrinc.com/generic.asp?durki=11727&site=11&return=405.). Dr. Oz, in a Web post to customers who might purchase the book, puts it this way: “[T]he Joint Commission, our nation’s healthcare safety advocate, approached us to help with a big problem. Medical errors cost us 98,000 lives per year, and the Joint Commission could not squash this crazily large number without pulling in the biggest ally of all, the Smart Patient.” It’s a “scary statistic,” but true, he writes, “You have a two in five chance of being affected by a major medical complication in your life.” (For more information on the book, visit www.amazon.com/YOU-Insiders-Handbook-Getting-Treatment/dp/0743293010.)

The Hospitalist asked some hospitalists what they would recommend to a friend or relative headed for a hospital stay. Do they have any tips that only an insider would know? As might be expected, some of their advice echoes that already available in print, in broadcasts, and on the Web. And some things that were mentioned in these publications were also on our hospitalists’ list, including bringing along statistics, dates, and other healthcare specifics that might be crucial to providers. In fact, Drs. Roizen and Oz recommend assembling a thorough health history and bringing two copies of it to hospital admission—one especially for “the admitting nurse who welcomes you to your bed.”

Assume Nothing

In their book chapter on hospital stays, Drs. Oz and Roizen emphasize that patients and their visitors should keep an eye out to make certain hospital staff wash their hands and give the patient the right treatments, tests, and medications. “It’s astounding the amount of diligence you and your family will have to exercise during a hospital stay,” a reader-reviewer writes on the book’s Web page on the Amazon.com site. Some of the warnings posted in a book excerpt at the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO)’s site include “Don’t touch that remote!” and “wear rubber gloves” if you do want to watch TV. Readers are told that “a study found that the TV remote control is one of the most germ-infested things in a hospital room.”

Patients are also cautioned to “insist on being scanned,” to “insist on a clean stethoscope,” and to keep “an industrial-sized jug of alcohol hand-sanitizing gel” by the bed. In fact, the authors write: “Stethoscopes are filthy from being used on several patients an hour. Most doc[tor]s now wash their stethoscopes with alcohol between patients, but we’d always ask.” Our hospitalists agreed.

Ian Jenkins, MD, a hospitalist with the University of California at San Diego, would tell his friends and family to remind providers to wash their hands. “Don’t let anyone touch you unless you’ve seen them wash or gel their hands correctly—and their stethoscopes, too.”

Drs. Oz and Roizen say, “You might even post a sign that reads ‘Thank You for Washing Your Hands’ as a gentle reminder.”

Trust your intuition, one hospitalist tells people facing hospitalization. “If you sense that something is awry, it probably is,” says Jeanne Farnan, MD, a hospitalist scholar at The University of Chicago Hospitals. “Discuss concerns with physicians/nurses. Write down your questions in case they come to you spontaneously.”

 

 

On the other hand, she tells friends and relatives, “Patients, when asked questions, will often respond, ‘it’s in my chart.’ We often don't have access to a primary MD’s notes/chart, and not all documentation is pristine. When we are asking questions regarding your medical history, it is only to provide you with the best care—not to be a nuisance.”

All patients, but especially the elderly, says Dr. Sachdeva, should have a patient advocate with them at the hospital … someone who can be there in the room and ask these questions: What medicine are you giving me? What’s the next step? What are the options?

Be Selective about Your Providers and Hospital

One recommendation from JCAHO’s patient education Web pages is a section entitled “Finding Dr. Right.” “Choose wisely and you could rest easy for many years to come,” it says.

Sandeep Sachdeva, MD, lead hospitalist at Swedish Medical Center’s Stroke Program and clinical instructor at the University of Washington at Seattle, says this may apply even to a patient’s relationship with a hospitalist.

“Sometimes patients come in and tell us their stories [about how providers treat them]. It’s just amazing; I think patients who have family members providing close supervision seem to get better care than somebody [who] is not asking questions,” he says. “And some care providers find questions intimidating, but the patient should not get discouraged by that. … If they feel that the care provider is not listening to them or not being attentive to them, they can always have a recourse: They can talk to the supervisor of that provider or somebody else [to get] a different provider. Patients sometimes have the fear that if they speak up against somebody that their care might be jeopardized.”

Dr. Sachdeva advises friends and relatives that they talk to the nursing supervisor or ask for the physician supervisor or an administrative person or social worker so that they get the attention they need.

Dr. Jenkins agrees. “Informed consent” is one of his tips for friends and family: “If your doctor won't talk to you about the risks and benefits of your treatments, and alternatives to them, you need a new doctor.”

Our hospitalists suggest being discriminating, savvy, and proactive:

  • “Find one hospital you are comfortable with, [where] your family physician is on staff, and use it exclusively if possible,” says David M. Grace, MD, a hospitalist with The Schumacher Group in Lafayette, La. “By utilizing one hospital, all of your previous records and test results are immediately available when needed. Often this translates into a much shorter hospitalization as there are no delays in obtaining old records, and it minimizes the chance of duplicate tests/procedures being performed.”
  • “Know who your doctors are [and] what their role is, and understand their input into your healthcare,” says Dr. Farnan, who is extensively involved in medical residents’ training. And “be cognizant of the physician work hours,” she advises. “We often have families who demand to speak with ‘their’ doctor at all hours of the early morning and night.” She tells friends and relatives, “I think more patients need to understand the nature [and] structure of the system [and] what kind of information a covering physician can provide. If the family of the patient has questions [and] wants to speak with the primary MD, it may be best to attempt in the daytime when the primary service is more likely to be present.”
  • “Know the full names, and preferably [the] phone numbers, of all your outpatient physicians,” says Dr. Grace. “One area will often have multiple doctors with the same last name, and, frequently, records need to be requested from them. Up-to-date contact information on your physicians helps us request the right records from the right physicians with minimal delay.”
 

 

What to Bring to the Hospital

Some hospital Web sites advise patients on what to bring with them for their hospital stay, suggesting everything from your own robe, slippers, pajamas, or nightgown to an advance directive. Definitely, the latter is an important point.

“Whether it’s an elective or emergent admission,” says Dr. Grace, “there are a few things [you] can do to ensure [your] hospitalization is as safe, efficient, and productive as possible,” he tells friends and relatives. Among them, he says, is to “have a Living Will or advance directives completed, ensure the hospital has a copy, and discuss your wishes with your family prior to admission. Clear and concise plans, coupled with good family awareness, will help ensure your wishes and values are honored appropriately.”

And, as several of his hospitalist colleagues suggest, “Bring all of the medications you are currently using, including any over-the-counter medicines and herbs or homeopathic treatments. It’s imperative that physicians know what medications you are taking [because] many cannot be stopped abruptly, and [they may] have interactions with medications you may receive in the hospital.”

In addition, “know what medications you’re truly allergic to [e.g., hives, swelling, breathing problems],” Dr. Grace advises, “and which medications you have had side effects from [e.g., stomach upset, sleepiness, and so on]. Many patients confuse the two. Occasionally the best or only option involves using medications with potential unwanted side effects. Rarely do we use medications to which the patient has a true allergy.”

Communication: The Key to the Hospital Kingdom

Dr. Sachdeva recommends being ready to communicate even before going to the hospital. “In the case of an emergency admission,” he says, “they should have all their information readily available because at the time for a needed hospitalization, they may be sick and confused.” Have it “on their person” or in “an easily identifiable place,” he says, and, like his colleagues, he reiterates that this information should include a list of medications, problems, doctors, and phone numbers, along with a list of patient advocates and their phone numbers.

“Most of the time, patients are able to notify a family member, but if that doesn’t happen, then the ER can notify the appropriate person to be present to supervise and oversee the care from a patient perspective,” he says.

Communication was mentioned by all the hospitalists we interviewed. “Be prepared to ask questions and take an active role in your healthcare,” says Dr. Grace. “Ask your nurse what each medication you receive is and what it’s for. Ensure you know what medications to continue taking when you return home and which ones to stop. If you don’t understand your diagnosis, prognosis, or treatment plan, make sure you ask.”

One hospitalist’s advice pertained to the patient’s and family’s behavior and is based on an experience in her own family: “Be really nice to everybody,” Alison Holmes, MD, a hospitalist with Concord Hospital, Concord, N.H., advises friends and family. “This is hard to do when you’re sick and scared, but it’s incredibly important.”

Dr. Holmes speaks of her own parents’ experience: “My mother was admitted to the hospital for pneumonia about a year ago. She had very long wait in the emergency room. My father got very upset and called me and said, ‘Oh, they were so angry at me, I was yelling at everybody.’

“That won’t get you anywhere!” I told him. “That will get you worse care.” I asked, “Where is she now?” and he said, ‘Oh, she’s still in the emergency room,’ and I said, “You’re at home? You left her there?” Dr. Holmes then advised her father to return to the hospital right away.

 

 

Finally, all the hospitalists we interviewed emphasized that they would tell their family members to designate a point person for communication. And you can’t assume that that would be their doctor son or daughter, even if they happened to be in the same locale.

“When possible, don’t stay in the hospital alone,” says Dr. Holmes. “Try to always have a family member present so that there is someone available for questions. It’s not always clear where [the physician] can reach someone or how far away [that person is]. It can take a little coordination and multiple people to do it,” she says.

Also, Dr. Farnan points out, “It is often difficult [because of time limitations] for [physicians] to repeat the same information to multiple family members.”

All patients, but especially the elderly, says Dr. Sachdeva, should have a patient advocate with them at the hospital. If they don’t have family close by, they should have “a close friend or neighbor who is willing to take on that job, someone who can be there in the room and ask these questions: What medicine are you giving me? What’s the next step? What are the options?”

Dr. Sachdeva advises relatives that they might be distressed or unable to focus, so having a healthy advocate with them may be extremely important, “the difference between life and death,” although, no doubt, he’d leave that last comment out of his advice to family. “Because a lot of the time, it is not that we don’t try to do a good job, but it’s just [that] the advocate might bring something to our attention that we might not have otherwise noticed.” TH

Andrea Sattinger has been writing for The Hospitalist since 2005.

In YOU: The Smart Patient: An Insider's Handbook for Getting the Best Treatment, authors Michael F. Roizen, MD, and Mehmet C. Oz, MD, well-credentialed celebrity physicians, tell the reader that being a smart patient may make the difference between good and poor care and may even save your life. Everyone can be a “medical detective,” they suggest, seeking and supplying the facts that providers and administrators need in order to avoid errors or mix-ups.

The Joint Commission Resources, a collaborator on this publication, announces on its Web site that this book “empowers patients” (www.jcrinc.com/generic.asp?durki=11727&site=11&return=405.). Dr. Oz, in a Web post to customers who might purchase the book, puts it this way: “[T]he Joint Commission, our nation’s healthcare safety advocate, approached us to help with a big problem. Medical errors cost us 98,000 lives per year, and the Joint Commission could not squash this crazily large number without pulling in the biggest ally of all, the Smart Patient.” It’s a “scary statistic,” but true, he writes, “You have a two in five chance of being affected by a major medical complication in your life.” (For more information on the book, visit www.amazon.com/YOU-Insiders-Handbook-Getting-Treatment/dp/0743293010.)

The Hospitalist asked some hospitalists what they would recommend to a friend or relative headed for a hospital stay. Do they have any tips that only an insider would know? As might be expected, some of their advice echoes that already available in print, in broadcasts, and on the Web. And some things that were mentioned in these publications were also on our hospitalists’ list, including bringing along statistics, dates, and other healthcare specifics that might be crucial to providers. In fact, Drs. Roizen and Oz recommend assembling a thorough health history and bringing two copies of it to hospital admission—one especially for “the admitting nurse who welcomes you to your bed.”

Assume Nothing

In their book chapter on hospital stays, Drs. Oz and Roizen emphasize that patients and their visitors should keep an eye out to make certain hospital staff wash their hands and give the patient the right treatments, tests, and medications. “It’s astounding the amount of diligence you and your family will have to exercise during a hospital stay,” a reader-reviewer writes on the book’s Web page on the Amazon.com site. Some of the warnings posted in a book excerpt at the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO)’s site include “Don’t touch that remote!” and “wear rubber gloves” if you do want to watch TV. Readers are told that “a study found that the TV remote control is one of the most germ-infested things in a hospital room.”

Patients are also cautioned to “insist on being scanned,” to “insist on a clean stethoscope,” and to keep “an industrial-sized jug of alcohol hand-sanitizing gel” by the bed. In fact, the authors write: “Stethoscopes are filthy from being used on several patients an hour. Most doc[tor]s now wash their stethoscopes with alcohol between patients, but we’d always ask.” Our hospitalists agreed.

Ian Jenkins, MD, a hospitalist with the University of California at San Diego, would tell his friends and family to remind providers to wash their hands. “Don’t let anyone touch you unless you’ve seen them wash or gel their hands correctly—and their stethoscopes, too.”

Drs. Oz and Roizen say, “You might even post a sign that reads ‘Thank You for Washing Your Hands’ as a gentle reminder.”

Trust your intuition, one hospitalist tells people facing hospitalization. “If you sense that something is awry, it probably is,” says Jeanne Farnan, MD, a hospitalist scholar at The University of Chicago Hospitals. “Discuss concerns with physicians/nurses. Write down your questions in case they come to you spontaneously.”

 

 

On the other hand, she tells friends and relatives, “Patients, when asked questions, will often respond, ‘it’s in my chart.’ We often don't have access to a primary MD’s notes/chart, and not all documentation is pristine. When we are asking questions regarding your medical history, it is only to provide you with the best care—not to be a nuisance.”

All patients, but especially the elderly, says Dr. Sachdeva, should have a patient advocate with them at the hospital … someone who can be there in the room and ask these questions: What medicine are you giving me? What’s the next step? What are the options?

Be Selective about Your Providers and Hospital

One recommendation from JCAHO’s patient education Web pages is a section entitled “Finding Dr. Right.” “Choose wisely and you could rest easy for many years to come,” it says.

Sandeep Sachdeva, MD, lead hospitalist at Swedish Medical Center’s Stroke Program and clinical instructor at the University of Washington at Seattle, says this may apply even to a patient’s relationship with a hospitalist.

“Sometimes patients come in and tell us their stories [about how providers treat them]. It’s just amazing; I think patients who have family members providing close supervision seem to get better care than somebody [who] is not asking questions,” he says. “And some care providers find questions intimidating, but the patient should not get discouraged by that. … If they feel that the care provider is not listening to them or not being attentive to them, they can always have a recourse: They can talk to the supervisor of that provider or somebody else [to get] a different provider. Patients sometimes have the fear that if they speak up against somebody that their care might be jeopardized.”

Dr. Sachdeva advises friends and relatives that they talk to the nursing supervisor or ask for the physician supervisor or an administrative person or social worker so that they get the attention they need.

Dr. Jenkins agrees. “Informed consent” is one of his tips for friends and family: “If your doctor won't talk to you about the risks and benefits of your treatments, and alternatives to them, you need a new doctor.”

Our hospitalists suggest being discriminating, savvy, and proactive:

  • “Find one hospital you are comfortable with, [where] your family physician is on staff, and use it exclusively if possible,” says David M. Grace, MD, a hospitalist with The Schumacher Group in Lafayette, La. “By utilizing one hospital, all of your previous records and test results are immediately available when needed. Often this translates into a much shorter hospitalization as there are no delays in obtaining old records, and it minimizes the chance of duplicate tests/procedures being performed.”
  • “Know who your doctors are [and] what their role is, and understand their input into your healthcare,” says Dr. Farnan, who is extensively involved in medical residents’ training. And “be cognizant of the physician work hours,” she advises. “We often have families who demand to speak with ‘their’ doctor at all hours of the early morning and night.” She tells friends and relatives, “I think more patients need to understand the nature [and] structure of the system [and] what kind of information a covering physician can provide. If the family of the patient has questions [and] wants to speak with the primary MD, it may be best to attempt in the daytime when the primary service is more likely to be present.”
  • “Know the full names, and preferably [the] phone numbers, of all your outpatient physicians,” says Dr. Grace. “One area will often have multiple doctors with the same last name, and, frequently, records need to be requested from them. Up-to-date contact information on your physicians helps us request the right records from the right physicians with minimal delay.”
 

 

What to Bring to the Hospital

Some hospital Web sites advise patients on what to bring with them for their hospital stay, suggesting everything from your own robe, slippers, pajamas, or nightgown to an advance directive. Definitely, the latter is an important point.

“Whether it’s an elective or emergent admission,” says Dr. Grace, “there are a few things [you] can do to ensure [your] hospitalization is as safe, efficient, and productive as possible,” he tells friends and relatives. Among them, he says, is to “have a Living Will or advance directives completed, ensure the hospital has a copy, and discuss your wishes with your family prior to admission. Clear and concise plans, coupled with good family awareness, will help ensure your wishes and values are honored appropriately.”

And, as several of his hospitalist colleagues suggest, “Bring all of the medications you are currently using, including any over-the-counter medicines and herbs or homeopathic treatments. It’s imperative that physicians know what medications you are taking [because] many cannot be stopped abruptly, and [they may] have interactions with medications you may receive in the hospital.”

In addition, “know what medications you’re truly allergic to [e.g., hives, swelling, breathing problems],” Dr. Grace advises, “and which medications you have had side effects from [e.g., stomach upset, sleepiness, and so on]. Many patients confuse the two. Occasionally the best or only option involves using medications with potential unwanted side effects. Rarely do we use medications to which the patient has a true allergy.”

Communication: The Key to the Hospital Kingdom

Dr. Sachdeva recommends being ready to communicate even before going to the hospital. “In the case of an emergency admission,” he says, “they should have all their information readily available because at the time for a needed hospitalization, they may be sick and confused.” Have it “on their person” or in “an easily identifiable place,” he says, and, like his colleagues, he reiterates that this information should include a list of medications, problems, doctors, and phone numbers, along with a list of patient advocates and their phone numbers.

“Most of the time, patients are able to notify a family member, but if that doesn’t happen, then the ER can notify the appropriate person to be present to supervise and oversee the care from a patient perspective,” he says.

Communication was mentioned by all the hospitalists we interviewed. “Be prepared to ask questions and take an active role in your healthcare,” says Dr. Grace. “Ask your nurse what each medication you receive is and what it’s for. Ensure you know what medications to continue taking when you return home and which ones to stop. If you don’t understand your diagnosis, prognosis, or treatment plan, make sure you ask.”

One hospitalist’s advice pertained to the patient’s and family’s behavior and is based on an experience in her own family: “Be really nice to everybody,” Alison Holmes, MD, a hospitalist with Concord Hospital, Concord, N.H., advises friends and family. “This is hard to do when you’re sick and scared, but it’s incredibly important.”

Dr. Holmes speaks of her own parents’ experience: “My mother was admitted to the hospital for pneumonia about a year ago. She had very long wait in the emergency room. My father got very upset and called me and said, ‘Oh, they were so angry at me, I was yelling at everybody.’

“That won’t get you anywhere!” I told him. “That will get you worse care.” I asked, “Where is she now?” and he said, ‘Oh, she’s still in the emergency room,’ and I said, “You’re at home? You left her there?” Dr. Holmes then advised her father to return to the hospital right away.

 

 

Finally, all the hospitalists we interviewed emphasized that they would tell their family members to designate a point person for communication. And you can’t assume that that would be their doctor son or daughter, even if they happened to be in the same locale.

“When possible, don’t stay in the hospital alone,” says Dr. Holmes. “Try to always have a family member present so that there is someone available for questions. It’s not always clear where [the physician] can reach someone or how far away [that person is]. It can take a little coordination and multiple people to do it,” she says.

Also, Dr. Farnan points out, “It is often difficult [because of time limitations] for [physicians] to repeat the same information to multiple family members.”

All patients, but especially the elderly, says Dr. Sachdeva, should have a patient advocate with them at the hospital. If they don’t have family close by, they should have “a close friend or neighbor who is willing to take on that job, someone who can be there in the room and ask these questions: What medicine are you giving me? What’s the next step? What are the options?”

Dr. Sachdeva advises relatives that they might be distressed or unable to focus, so having a healthy advocate with them may be extremely important, “the difference between life and death,” although, no doubt, he’d leave that last comment out of his advice to family. “Because a lot of the time, it is not that we don’t try to do a good job, but it’s just [that] the advocate might bring something to our attention that we might not have otherwise noticed.” TH

Andrea Sattinger has been writing for The Hospitalist since 2005.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Get Smart
Display Headline
Get Smart
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

IT for HM

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:38
Display Headline
IT for HM

Disclaimer: This article is not intended to promote a specific company or product. Rather its purpose is to give hospitalists an overview of technological solutions available to them today.

Electronic medical records (EMR). Healthcare information technology legislation. With all the focus on ramping up technology in hospitals, are there any IT solutions specific to hospitalists? It turns out that, yes, there are several technology systems on the market today designed especially for hospital medicine groups and the physicians who work for them.

IT and the Bottom Line

David Delaney, MD, vice president and chief medical officer of technology vendor MedAptus, Inc., Boston, says his company’s most popular solution suite is “charge capture—without a doubt. If you look at it from the perspective of driving meaningful revenue, you can increase collections from $20,000-$30,000 per hospitalist. There’s very little that’s more compelling than saying you’ll get paid more for doing the same amount of work. You can use the increased revenue to pay for other applications or to help fund EMR.”

Other major players in hospital medicine applications agree: Charge capture is the biggest draw for hospital medicine groups interested in purchasing their applications. Delaney says that in hospital medicine, “Market penetration [for electronic charge capture] is small but accelerating rapidly. I’d say only about 20% of the market is using true charge capture applications.”

One of the groups within that 20% is Inpatient Management Medical Group (IMMG), Novato, Calif. Arieh Rosenbaum, MD, director of hospitalists for IMMG’s Davies Campus, convinced the group to purchase a solution suite from one of the major vendors covered in this article, arguing that the technology would improve revenues and help the group collect their own data.

“Our first purchase was the billing program,” says Dr. Rosenbaum. “This was a huge change for us; we went from physicians basically carrying pieces of paper around in our pockets to a fully electronic billing system. It definitely helped our revenue; we’ve vastly improved our ability to capture charges.”

Jeffrey D. Kin, MD, of the Fredericksburg (Va.) Hospitalist Group, agrees. His practice purchased a different charge capture product than IMMG but experienced the same results: “There are fewer errors, and our collections are going up,” he says. “There are a lot of upsides to having a computerized system. Last year we copied 80,000 pieces of paper. Not all of that was billing slips, but a lot was.”

Both groups are relatively new customers, and both plan to begin mining the data in their new systems. “We don’t want to rely on the data provided by the hospital,” says Dr. Rosenbaum. “With the information in the system, we can look at diagnoses, length of stay, all sorts of things. This can provide a way for us to prove our value to the hospital.”

Eventually, Dr. Rosenbaum would like to merge core measures into the charge capture process so hospitalists can ensure they are following best practices as they work. “It’s a way to improve ourselves,” he says.

David J. Brailer, MD, Ph, national coordinator for health information technology at the Department of Health and Human Services, will be a keynote speaker at this year’s Annual Meeting in Dallas at the Gaylord Texan Resort. Dr. Brailer is a recognized leader in the strategy and financing of quality and efficiency in healthcare. He focuses on health information technology and health systems management.

For more information on his address at the Annual Meeting, visit www.hospitalmedicine.org and click the “Events” tab on the left-hand menu.

Help for the Working Hospitalist

But there is much more out there besides financial tools. The four leading technology product suites examined for this article offer time-saving and efficiency-boosting utilities geared toward the working hospitalist, including the ability to call up lab results for patients, e-prescribing, integrated communication with colleagues and primary care physicians (PCPs), and much more.

 

 

“Our rounding program is helping patient care,” says Dr. Rosenbaum. “It’s the only way we round on my campus now. It’s pretty useful; the simplicity is what sold me on it, and it works concurrently with the billing [software].”

The Fredericksburg Hospitalist Group relies on communications software to alert primary care physicians when their patients are admitted and discharged. “Most [community] physicians have access to the hospital’s computer system,” explains Dr. Kin. “By our alerting them that their patient has been admitted, they can access labs, our dictations—pretty much everything. The idea is that with automatic notification, we give them a heads-up; this is a real help to us.”

Here is an overview of IT solutions that include hospitalist-specific features to spark your imagination on how technology might change your day-to-day job—and probably will.

David J. Brailer, MD, Ph, national coordinator for health information technology at the Department of Health and Human Services, will be a keynote speaker at this year’s Annual Meeting in Dallas at the Gaylord Texan Resort. Dr. Brailer is a recognized leader in the strategy and financing of quality and efficiency in healthcare. He focuses on health information technology and health systems management.

For more information on his address at the Annual Meeting, visit www.hospitalmedicine.org and click the “Events” tab on the left-hand menu.

Hospital Management System (HMS) (BMA Enterprises, Inc.)

A Web-based charge capture and primacy care physician communication system designed specifically for hospitalists, “HMS is a single product with various configuration options,” explains Dennis C. Wiltshire, president.

The charge capture software includes warning messages that alert the user to duplicate charges or missed charges. “An obvious problem with hospitalists is the way their shifts work; one rolls off the shift and another takes over the patient load,” says Wiltshire. “Each physician who sees a patient will see the patient roster with warnings, etc. For example, if, on Tuesday, Dr. Johnson admits the patient and enters the charges, and Dr. Wilson sees the same patient on Thursday and enters his charges, the missed day of service shows up. You then have to check and see what happened on Wednesday.”

As with their competitors’ charge capture programs, billing logic is used to minimize lost charges, and billing files can be created electronically.

Part of HMS’ charge capture package is a feature that allows the customer to create a “favorite list” of ICD9s and CPT codes. “The group administrator informs us of their most frequently used codes,” explains Wiltshire. Those codes are added to the favorites list. “The favorites are group-wide.”

HMS also offers a solution for built-in communication with PCPs upon their patients’ admission and discharge, along with a unique follow-up system for discharged patients.

“As soon as an admission or discharge code is entered, you’ll see a screen for additional comments,” explains Wiltshire. “The PCP information is already in the system—it’s entered upon admission—and the program generates a fax at our site. The fax is sent with customized, pertinent information.”

Why fax? “There’s an issue with e-mail: It’s not secure,” says Wiltshire. “And most PCPs are familiar and comfortable with getting faxes.”

As for follow-up after discharge, says Wiltshire, “It’s a tickler system. Upon discharge, the physician can elect whether to create a follow-up system. It might be a reminder to check the patient’s X-rays or lab results or that an appointment was made with their PCP. You can select these options to create a to-do list, and the patient won’t leave the patient roster until the list is completed.”

 

 

Whatever follow-up steps are taken can then be permanently documented and, if appropriate, faxed to the PCP to show completion.

Capabilities Available from Four Major Vendors
click for large version
click for large version

IM Practice Manager 1.0 (Ingenious Med, Inc.)

This overall system includes clinical rounding, charge capture, communication, and business intelligence suites. Ingenious Med can aggregate data across multiple facilities, integrating with hospital EMR, information, and billing systems, enabling real-time management reports, allowing physicians to enter and access data via the Internet or mobile devices, and promoting rapid dissemination of critical information across hospital and national physician networks.

“Customers typically start off with our basic product, which is comprehensive. As the practice matures, that’s where we get customers asking for other modules,” says Steven Liu, MD, founder, CEO, chief architect, and a practicing hospitalist at Emory Eastside Medical Center, Snellville, Ga. “Our suite of products is within Practice Manager. It’s designed primarily for physician practices, which is a little different than those designed for a hospital.”

As the name implies IM Practice Manager includes tools for the practice. “As the hospitalist movement has become a bigger player, hospitalists need to prove their value,” says Dr. Liu. “We provide tools for data-mining performance. These are modeled a lot on SHM and what they state as best requirements, as well as what the individual [hospital medicine practice] requires.”

Dr. Liu stresses that they only include the features that hospitalists really need to do their jobs: “This software is designed by physicians; we don’t do technology for technology’s sake.”

IM Practice Manager offers tools for both the administrators and the hospitalists in a given group. “On the business end, business intelligence is a very important part of any practice,” says Dr. Liu. “We’ve put a lot of resources into creating a comprehensive system. Other utilities are more geared to individual physicians.”

Those utilities include communications: “You can send e-mails as long as they’re within the practice,” says Dr. Liu. “This is secure and controllable. But the system is built to help hospital medicine groups to communicate with everyone they encounter—staff, the back office, patients, and other providers.”

MedAptus Point-of-Care Solution Suite (MedAptus, Inc.)

As with its competitors, MedAptus points to the improved coding compliance, decreased administrative burden, and greatly enhanced reimbursement that result from their electronic charge capture suite.

“We send out compliance or maintenance releases annually, and a real-time call goes out over the Web when new rules are issued,” explains Dr. Delaney. The result is an automatic update for users. “It all happens behind the scenes.”

Other software features target physicians’ daily activities. “The crucial thing is to get it right from the hospitalist’s perspective,” says Dr. Delaney. “Hospital medicine differs a lot [from other physician specialties]. It tends to practices sharing groups of patients, so we have rounding lists of patients built in. Your colleague can pull up a team of patients to see changes and updates to care.”

On dictation, a feature that not all systems offer, Dr. Delaney explains, “If they’re dictating today, this is a tremendous help. It’s seamlessly integrated into the system. However, if they’re currently writing notes, this is a convenient feature, but it’s also a new expense and can add to turnaround time.”

Another feature of MedAptus—one that is unique to its product—is the Clinical Content application, which connects the user to current medical knowledge in books and publications—pre-selected by the customer group—at any point in patient interaction. “We’re very excited about this,” says Dr. Delaney. “It allows just-in-time information on specific clinical questions. It takes you to the exact information you need at any point in the process.”

 

 

The overall solution from MedAptus also includes the ability to receive lab and radiology results, as well as clinical notes, electronically at any time, anywhere. “We help leverage and extend existing IT assets in a mobile form factor,” summarizes Dr. Delaney. “We’re on version seven; we’ve had the opportunity to figure out how to fit in with a physician’s work flow.”

Learn More about IT

Visit the Web sites of the application vendors mentioned in this article.

Hospital Management System (HMS), BMA Enterprises, Inc.

http://medical.bmaenterprises.com

IM Practice Manager 1.0, Ingenious Med, Inc.

www.ingeniousmed.com/practice_manager.htm

MedAptus Point-of-Care Solution Suite, MedAptus, Inc.

www.medaptus.com/solutions/overview.php

PatientKeeper, PatientKeeper, Inc.

www.patientkeeper.com

PatientKeeper (PatientKeeper, Inc.)

The most established software for hospitalists, PatientKeeper is a single integrated system designed to support a physician throughout the entire day. At any time, from any location, physicians can access their patients’ electronic records, write prescriptions, enter charges, dictate notes, document encounters, place orders, or send secure messages to other caregivers.

Stephen S. Hau, founder and vice president, marketing and business development, agrees that charge capture is the most requested utility. “This is a huge financial advantage for an institution, plus it increases physician satisfaction,” he says. “In three taps, you can capture a charge, and there are 900 rules [in the software] that help ensure the charge is correct and a clean bill is entered.”

But getting back to the daily tasks of hospitalists, “Our whole take is trying to fill the void where institutions have purchased information systems but there’s nothing to support the physician,” says Hau.

For example, Hau says, “One of the tasks that eats up a lot of time is finding information—the ‘chart chase,’ along with communicating with other providers. We help make it easier to send information to each other. You can send a patient-specific instant message, saying, ‘waiting on lab results for patient Molly Doe.’ Now more providers are in play per patient, so communication is more important.”

This improves patient care and even quality of life for working hospitalists. “One physician said he used to get calls at home about discharges,” recalls Hau. “Now he can access the information and discharge a patient over the phone if it’s appropriate. That shortens length of stay.”

PatientKeeper also allows individual users to customize the utility. “The exciting, challenging thing about [designing software for] physicians is that one size does not fit all,” says Hau. “One thing we provide is the ability to easily manage your own patient list; you can organize it by your schedule or by location or rounding path. We call features like that ‘physician delighters.’ These are what has made us so successful.”

Perhaps because of the physician delighters, or perhaps because they’ve been around the longest, PatientKeeper is currently the most widely used technology solution in hospital medicine. “We’re in 350 hospitals across the country, so I guess we’re the market leader,” says Hau. “We just announced two new patents, so we believe we’re also the technology leaders.”

Conclusion

Programs like the ones outlined here are definitely the future of healthcare, but the first step might be the most painful. “The investment is sizeable,” warns Dr. Rosenbaum. “The main problem is that it’s expensive. You need an upfront investment with no real guarantee of the returns.” TH

Jane Jerrard has written for The Hospitalist since 2005.

IPC’s In-House Application

How one hospital medicine group maximizes technology with a proprietary practice management tool

Another technology choice may be available someday for hospital medicine groups. IPC-The Hospitalist Company (North Hollywood, Calif.) has developed its own comprehensive practice management solution called IPC-Link System, used by its 200+ facilities around the country. IPC is currently assessing how to deploy this technology product to outside groups.

“We feel there’s a tremendous need for a complete package,” says Adam D. Singer, MD, chairman, CEO, and chief medical officer of IPC. “Our system is comprehensive, and is built around two core pieces. The first: “[It allows] clinical communication from the bedside to any number of constituents, including the primary care physician (PCP), insurers—anyone involved with that patient’s care.”

The second core feature is the ever-popular charge capture. “The hospitalist simply ticks off billing,” says Dr. Singer. “The tool is directly linked to the billing system electronically, so it’s instantaneous.”

Another essential tool that IPC has built in to its application is a post-discharge process. “Data is exported to a nurse call center,” explains Dr. Singer. “A customized survey is created for each patient; certain drugs will elicit certain questions” on that survey, for example. The call center will contact the patient’s PCP and ask questions and gather information based on the personalized survey.

As for IPC-Link’s virtual office capabilities: “Hospitalists don’t have an office or even desk; this feature provides that to them, in an Internet world. It’s essentially an Internet portal,” says Dr. Singer.

With the virtual office, a hospitalist can use file storage for protocols, pharmacy lists and referral lists she might need; can access the billing system; can pull up any available data reports; and can communicate through e-mail and a blog.

Another Plus: Data Collection

The software system makes hospitalists work more efficiently, but an equal benefit is the data it assimilates and stores. “There’s a whole suite of management reports that provide a window into the group, clinically and otherwise,” says Dr. Singer. “A few examples are: You can look at length of stay by doctor, by practice, or by region; review re-admission rates, check encounter data so that you know your doctors aren’t being overwhelmed or underwhelmed. You can also see which PCPs are still referring patients and which aren’t.”

Dr. Singer stresses that the IPC-Link System can help run a more profitable practice, and that it is designed for a practice that is a “true hospital medicine program” focused on improving quality of care. That’s part of the reason that IPC is very selective about the outside practices it allows to use the application.

“We’re in an exploratory phase,” explains Dr. Singer. “We have some relationships in place. One L.A. practice is using it for charge capture, and another is using the charge capture and communication tools. A third is using the full suite to implement a brand new hospital medicine program. We want to see if it can be used this way.”

Keep your eye on the technology applications on the market—someday there may be a new player in town.—JJ

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Sections

Disclaimer: This article is not intended to promote a specific company or product. Rather its purpose is to give hospitalists an overview of technological solutions available to them today.

Electronic medical records (EMR). Healthcare information technology legislation. With all the focus on ramping up technology in hospitals, are there any IT solutions specific to hospitalists? It turns out that, yes, there are several technology systems on the market today designed especially for hospital medicine groups and the physicians who work for them.

IT and the Bottom Line

David Delaney, MD, vice president and chief medical officer of technology vendor MedAptus, Inc., Boston, says his company’s most popular solution suite is “charge capture—without a doubt. If you look at it from the perspective of driving meaningful revenue, you can increase collections from $20,000-$30,000 per hospitalist. There’s very little that’s more compelling than saying you’ll get paid more for doing the same amount of work. You can use the increased revenue to pay for other applications or to help fund EMR.”

Other major players in hospital medicine applications agree: Charge capture is the biggest draw for hospital medicine groups interested in purchasing their applications. Delaney says that in hospital medicine, “Market penetration [for electronic charge capture] is small but accelerating rapidly. I’d say only about 20% of the market is using true charge capture applications.”

One of the groups within that 20% is Inpatient Management Medical Group (IMMG), Novato, Calif. Arieh Rosenbaum, MD, director of hospitalists for IMMG’s Davies Campus, convinced the group to purchase a solution suite from one of the major vendors covered in this article, arguing that the technology would improve revenues and help the group collect their own data.

“Our first purchase was the billing program,” says Dr. Rosenbaum. “This was a huge change for us; we went from physicians basically carrying pieces of paper around in our pockets to a fully electronic billing system. It definitely helped our revenue; we’ve vastly improved our ability to capture charges.”

Jeffrey D. Kin, MD, of the Fredericksburg (Va.) Hospitalist Group, agrees. His practice purchased a different charge capture product than IMMG but experienced the same results: “There are fewer errors, and our collections are going up,” he says. “There are a lot of upsides to having a computerized system. Last year we copied 80,000 pieces of paper. Not all of that was billing slips, but a lot was.”

Both groups are relatively new customers, and both plan to begin mining the data in their new systems. “We don’t want to rely on the data provided by the hospital,” says Dr. Rosenbaum. “With the information in the system, we can look at diagnoses, length of stay, all sorts of things. This can provide a way for us to prove our value to the hospital.”

Eventually, Dr. Rosenbaum would like to merge core measures into the charge capture process so hospitalists can ensure they are following best practices as they work. “It’s a way to improve ourselves,” he says.

David J. Brailer, MD, Ph, national coordinator for health information technology at the Department of Health and Human Services, will be a keynote speaker at this year’s Annual Meeting in Dallas at the Gaylord Texan Resort. Dr. Brailer is a recognized leader in the strategy and financing of quality and efficiency in healthcare. He focuses on health information technology and health systems management.

For more information on his address at the Annual Meeting, visit www.hospitalmedicine.org and click the “Events” tab on the left-hand menu.

Help for the Working Hospitalist

But there is much more out there besides financial tools. The four leading technology product suites examined for this article offer time-saving and efficiency-boosting utilities geared toward the working hospitalist, including the ability to call up lab results for patients, e-prescribing, integrated communication with colleagues and primary care physicians (PCPs), and much more.

 

 

“Our rounding program is helping patient care,” says Dr. Rosenbaum. “It’s the only way we round on my campus now. It’s pretty useful; the simplicity is what sold me on it, and it works concurrently with the billing [software].”

The Fredericksburg Hospitalist Group relies on communications software to alert primary care physicians when their patients are admitted and discharged. “Most [community] physicians have access to the hospital’s computer system,” explains Dr. Kin. “By our alerting them that their patient has been admitted, they can access labs, our dictations—pretty much everything. The idea is that with automatic notification, we give them a heads-up; this is a real help to us.”

Here is an overview of IT solutions that include hospitalist-specific features to spark your imagination on how technology might change your day-to-day job—and probably will.

David J. Brailer, MD, Ph, national coordinator for health information technology at the Department of Health and Human Services, will be a keynote speaker at this year’s Annual Meeting in Dallas at the Gaylord Texan Resort. Dr. Brailer is a recognized leader in the strategy and financing of quality and efficiency in healthcare. He focuses on health information technology and health systems management.

For more information on his address at the Annual Meeting, visit www.hospitalmedicine.org and click the “Events” tab on the left-hand menu.

Hospital Management System (HMS) (BMA Enterprises, Inc.)

A Web-based charge capture and primacy care physician communication system designed specifically for hospitalists, “HMS is a single product with various configuration options,” explains Dennis C. Wiltshire, president.

The charge capture software includes warning messages that alert the user to duplicate charges or missed charges. “An obvious problem with hospitalists is the way their shifts work; one rolls off the shift and another takes over the patient load,” says Wiltshire. “Each physician who sees a patient will see the patient roster with warnings, etc. For example, if, on Tuesday, Dr. Johnson admits the patient and enters the charges, and Dr. Wilson sees the same patient on Thursday and enters his charges, the missed day of service shows up. You then have to check and see what happened on Wednesday.”

As with their competitors’ charge capture programs, billing logic is used to minimize lost charges, and billing files can be created electronically.

Part of HMS’ charge capture package is a feature that allows the customer to create a “favorite list” of ICD9s and CPT codes. “The group administrator informs us of their most frequently used codes,” explains Wiltshire. Those codes are added to the favorites list. “The favorites are group-wide.”

HMS also offers a solution for built-in communication with PCPs upon their patients’ admission and discharge, along with a unique follow-up system for discharged patients.

“As soon as an admission or discharge code is entered, you’ll see a screen for additional comments,” explains Wiltshire. “The PCP information is already in the system—it’s entered upon admission—and the program generates a fax at our site. The fax is sent with customized, pertinent information.”

Why fax? “There’s an issue with e-mail: It’s not secure,” says Wiltshire. “And most PCPs are familiar and comfortable with getting faxes.”

As for follow-up after discharge, says Wiltshire, “It’s a tickler system. Upon discharge, the physician can elect whether to create a follow-up system. It might be a reminder to check the patient’s X-rays or lab results or that an appointment was made with their PCP. You can select these options to create a to-do list, and the patient won’t leave the patient roster until the list is completed.”

 

 

Whatever follow-up steps are taken can then be permanently documented and, if appropriate, faxed to the PCP to show completion.

Capabilities Available from Four Major Vendors
click for large version
click for large version

IM Practice Manager 1.0 (Ingenious Med, Inc.)

This overall system includes clinical rounding, charge capture, communication, and business intelligence suites. Ingenious Med can aggregate data across multiple facilities, integrating with hospital EMR, information, and billing systems, enabling real-time management reports, allowing physicians to enter and access data via the Internet or mobile devices, and promoting rapid dissemination of critical information across hospital and national physician networks.

“Customers typically start off with our basic product, which is comprehensive. As the practice matures, that’s where we get customers asking for other modules,” says Steven Liu, MD, founder, CEO, chief architect, and a practicing hospitalist at Emory Eastside Medical Center, Snellville, Ga. “Our suite of products is within Practice Manager. It’s designed primarily for physician practices, which is a little different than those designed for a hospital.”

As the name implies IM Practice Manager includes tools for the practice. “As the hospitalist movement has become a bigger player, hospitalists need to prove their value,” says Dr. Liu. “We provide tools for data-mining performance. These are modeled a lot on SHM and what they state as best requirements, as well as what the individual [hospital medicine practice] requires.”

Dr. Liu stresses that they only include the features that hospitalists really need to do their jobs: “This software is designed by physicians; we don’t do technology for technology’s sake.”

IM Practice Manager offers tools for both the administrators and the hospitalists in a given group. “On the business end, business intelligence is a very important part of any practice,” says Dr. Liu. “We’ve put a lot of resources into creating a comprehensive system. Other utilities are more geared to individual physicians.”

Those utilities include communications: “You can send e-mails as long as they’re within the practice,” says Dr. Liu. “This is secure and controllable. But the system is built to help hospital medicine groups to communicate with everyone they encounter—staff, the back office, patients, and other providers.”

MedAptus Point-of-Care Solution Suite (MedAptus, Inc.)

As with its competitors, MedAptus points to the improved coding compliance, decreased administrative burden, and greatly enhanced reimbursement that result from their electronic charge capture suite.

“We send out compliance or maintenance releases annually, and a real-time call goes out over the Web when new rules are issued,” explains Dr. Delaney. The result is an automatic update for users. “It all happens behind the scenes.”

Other software features target physicians’ daily activities. “The crucial thing is to get it right from the hospitalist’s perspective,” says Dr. Delaney. “Hospital medicine differs a lot [from other physician specialties]. It tends to practices sharing groups of patients, so we have rounding lists of patients built in. Your colleague can pull up a team of patients to see changes and updates to care.”

On dictation, a feature that not all systems offer, Dr. Delaney explains, “If they’re dictating today, this is a tremendous help. It’s seamlessly integrated into the system. However, if they’re currently writing notes, this is a convenient feature, but it’s also a new expense and can add to turnaround time.”

Another feature of MedAptus—one that is unique to its product—is the Clinical Content application, which connects the user to current medical knowledge in books and publications—pre-selected by the customer group—at any point in patient interaction. “We’re very excited about this,” says Dr. Delaney. “It allows just-in-time information on specific clinical questions. It takes you to the exact information you need at any point in the process.”

 

 

The overall solution from MedAptus also includes the ability to receive lab and radiology results, as well as clinical notes, electronically at any time, anywhere. “We help leverage and extend existing IT assets in a mobile form factor,” summarizes Dr. Delaney. “We’re on version seven; we’ve had the opportunity to figure out how to fit in with a physician’s work flow.”

Learn More about IT

Visit the Web sites of the application vendors mentioned in this article.

Hospital Management System (HMS), BMA Enterprises, Inc.

http://medical.bmaenterprises.com

IM Practice Manager 1.0, Ingenious Med, Inc.

www.ingeniousmed.com/practice_manager.htm

MedAptus Point-of-Care Solution Suite, MedAptus, Inc.

www.medaptus.com/solutions/overview.php

PatientKeeper, PatientKeeper, Inc.

www.patientkeeper.com

PatientKeeper (PatientKeeper, Inc.)

The most established software for hospitalists, PatientKeeper is a single integrated system designed to support a physician throughout the entire day. At any time, from any location, physicians can access their patients’ electronic records, write prescriptions, enter charges, dictate notes, document encounters, place orders, or send secure messages to other caregivers.

Stephen S. Hau, founder and vice president, marketing and business development, agrees that charge capture is the most requested utility. “This is a huge financial advantage for an institution, plus it increases physician satisfaction,” he says. “In three taps, you can capture a charge, and there are 900 rules [in the software] that help ensure the charge is correct and a clean bill is entered.”

But getting back to the daily tasks of hospitalists, “Our whole take is trying to fill the void where institutions have purchased information systems but there’s nothing to support the physician,” says Hau.

For example, Hau says, “One of the tasks that eats up a lot of time is finding information—the ‘chart chase,’ along with communicating with other providers. We help make it easier to send information to each other. You can send a patient-specific instant message, saying, ‘waiting on lab results for patient Molly Doe.’ Now more providers are in play per patient, so communication is more important.”

This improves patient care and even quality of life for working hospitalists. “One physician said he used to get calls at home about discharges,” recalls Hau. “Now he can access the information and discharge a patient over the phone if it’s appropriate. That shortens length of stay.”

PatientKeeper also allows individual users to customize the utility. “The exciting, challenging thing about [designing software for] physicians is that one size does not fit all,” says Hau. “One thing we provide is the ability to easily manage your own patient list; you can organize it by your schedule or by location or rounding path. We call features like that ‘physician delighters.’ These are what has made us so successful.”

Perhaps because of the physician delighters, or perhaps because they’ve been around the longest, PatientKeeper is currently the most widely used technology solution in hospital medicine. “We’re in 350 hospitals across the country, so I guess we’re the market leader,” says Hau. “We just announced two new patents, so we believe we’re also the technology leaders.”

Conclusion

Programs like the ones outlined here are definitely the future of healthcare, but the first step might be the most painful. “The investment is sizeable,” warns Dr. Rosenbaum. “The main problem is that it’s expensive. You need an upfront investment with no real guarantee of the returns.” TH

Jane Jerrard has written for The Hospitalist since 2005.

IPC’s In-House Application

How one hospital medicine group maximizes technology with a proprietary practice management tool

Another technology choice may be available someday for hospital medicine groups. IPC-The Hospitalist Company (North Hollywood, Calif.) has developed its own comprehensive practice management solution called IPC-Link System, used by its 200+ facilities around the country. IPC is currently assessing how to deploy this technology product to outside groups.

“We feel there’s a tremendous need for a complete package,” says Adam D. Singer, MD, chairman, CEO, and chief medical officer of IPC. “Our system is comprehensive, and is built around two core pieces. The first: “[It allows] clinical communication from the bedside to any number of constituents, including the primary care physician (PCP), insurers—anyone involved with that patient’s care.”

The second core feature is the ever-popular charge capture. “The hospitalist simply ticks off billing,” says Dr. Singer. “The tool is directly linked to the billing system electronically, so it’s instantaneous.”

Another essential tool that IPC has built in to its application is a post-discharge process. “Data is exported to a nurse call center,” explains Dr. Singer. “A customized survey is created for each patient; certain drugs will elicit certain questions” on that survey, for example. The call center will contact the patient’s PCP and ask questions and gather information based on the personalized survey.

As for IPC-Link’s virtual office capabilities: “Hospitalists don’t have an office or even desk; this feature provides that to them, in an Internet world. It’s essentially an Internet portal,” says Dr. Singer.

With the virtual office, a hospitalist can use file storage for protocols, pharmacy lists and referral lists she might need; can access the billing system; can pull up any available data reports; and can communicate through e-mail and a blog.

Another Plus: Data Collection

The software system makes hospitalists work more efficiently, but an equal benefit is the data it assimilates and stores. “There’s a whole suite of management reports that provide a window into the group, clinically and otherwise,” says Dr. Singer. “A few examples are: You can look at length of stay by doctor, by practice, or by region; review re-admission rates, check encounter data so that you know your doctors aren’t being overwhelmed or underwhelmed. You can also see which PCPs are still referring patients and which aren’t.”

Dr. Singer stresses that the IPC-Link System can help run a more profitable practice, and that it is designed for a practice that is a “true hospital medicine program” focused on improving quality of care. That’s part of the reason that IPC is very selective about the outside practices it allows to use the application.

“We’re in an exploratory phase,” explains Dr. Singer. “We have some relationships in place. One L.A. practice is using it for charge capture, and another is using the charge capture and communication tools. A third is using the full suite to implement a brand new hospital medicine program. We want to see if it can be used this way.”

Keep your eye on the technology applications on the market—someday there may be a new player in town.—JJ

Disclaimer: This article is not intended to promote a specific company or product. Rather its purpose is to give hospitalists an overview of technological solutions available to them today.

Electronic medical records (EMR). Healthcare information technology legislation. With all the focus on ramping up technology in hospitals, are there any IT solutions specific to hospitalists? It turns out that, yes, there are several technology systems on the market today designed especially for hospital medicine groups and the physicians who work for them.

IT and the Bottom Line

David Delaney, MD, vice president and chief medical officer of technology vendor MedAptus, Inc., Boston, says his company’s most popular solution suite is “charge capture—without a doubt. If you look at it from the perspective of driving meaningful revenue, you can increase collections from $20,000-$30,000 per hospitalist. There’s very little that’s more compelling than saying you’ll get paid more for doing the same amount of work. You can use the increased revenue to pay for other applications or to help fund EMR.”

Other major players in hospital medicine applications agree: Charge capture is the biggest draw for hospital medicine groups interested in purchasing their applications. Delaney says that in hospital medicine, “Market penetration [for electronic charge capture] is small but accelerating rapidly. I’d say only about 20% of the market is using true charge capture applications.”

One of the groups within that 20% is Inpatient Management Medical Group (IMMG), Novato, Calif. Arieh Rosenbaum, MD, director of hospitalists for IMMG’s Davies Campus, convinced the group to purchase a solution suite from one of the major vendors covered in this article, arguing that the technology would improve revenues and help the group collect their own data.

“Our first purchase was the billing program,” says Dr. Rosenbaum. “This was a huge change for us; we went from physicians basically carrying pieces of paper around in our pockets to a fully electronic billing system. It definitely helped our revenue; we’ve vastly improved our ability to capture charges.”

Jeffrey D. Kin, MD, of the Fredericksburg (Va.) Hospitalist Group, agrees. His practice purchased a different charge capture product than IMMG but experienced the same results: “There are fewer errors, and our collections are going up,” he says. “There are a lot of upsides to having a computerized system. Last year we copied 80,000 pieces of paper. Not all of that was billing slips, but a lot was.”

Both groups are relatively new customers, and both plan to begin mining the data in their new systems. “We don’t want to rely on the data provided by the hospital,” says Dr. Rosenbaum. “With the information in the system, we can look at diagnoses, length of stay, all sorts of things. This can provide a way for us to prove our value to the hospital.”

Eventually, Dr. Rosenbaum would like to merge core measures into the charge capture process so hospitalists can ensure they are following best practices as they work. “It’s a way to improve ourselves,” he says.

David J. Brailer, MD, Ph, national coordinator for health information technology at the Department of Health and Human Services, will be a keynote speaker at this year’s Annual Meeting in Dallas at the Gaylord Texan Resort. Dr. Brailer is a recognized leader in the strategy and financing of quality and efficiency in healthcare. He focuses on health information technology and health systems management.

For more information on his address at the Annual Meeting, visit www.hospitalmedicine.org and click the “Events” tab on the left-hand menu.

Help for the Working Hospitalist

But there is much more out there besides financial tools. The four leading technology product suites examined for this article offer time-saving and efficiency-boosting utilities geared toward the working hospitalist, including the ability to call up lab results for patients, e-prescribing, integrated communication with colleagues and primary care physicians (PCPs), and much more.

 

 

“Our rounding program is helping patient care,” says Dr. Rosenbaum. “It’s the only way we round on my campus now. It’s pretty useful; the simplicity is what sold me on it, and it works concurrently with the billing [software].”

The Fredericksburg Hospitalist Group relies on communications software to alert primary care physicians when their patients are admitted and discharged. “Most [community] physicians have access to the hospital’s computer system,” explains Dr. Kin. “By our alerting them that their patient has been admitted, they can access labs, our dictations—pretty much everything. The idea is that with automatic notification, we give them a heads-up; this is a real help to us.”

Here is an overview of IT solutions that include hospitalist-specific features to spark your imagination on how technology might change your day-to-day job—and probably will.

David J. Brailer, MD, Ph, national coordinator for health information technology at the Department of Health and Human Services, will be a keynote speaker at this year’s Annual Meeting in Dallas at the Gaylord Texan Resort. Dr. Brailer is a recognized leader in the strategy and financing of quality and efficiency in healthcare. He focuses on health information technology and health systems management.

For more information on his address at the Annual Meeting, visit www.hospitalmedicine.org and click the “Events” tab on the left-hand menu.

Hospital Management System (HMS) (BMA Enterprises, Inc.)

A Web-based charge capture and primacy care physician communication system designed specifically for hospitalists, “HMS is a single product with various configuration options,” explains Dennis C. Wiltshire, president.

The charge capture software includes warning messages that alert the user to duplicate charges or missed charges. “An obvious problem with hospitalists is the way their shifts work; one rolls off the shift and another takes over the patient load,” says Wiltshire. “Each physician who sees a patient will see the patient roster with warnings, etc. For example, if, on Tuesday, Dr. Johnson admits the patient and enters the charges, and Dr. Wilson sees the same patient on Thursday and enters his charges, the missed day of service shows up. You then have to check and see what happened on Wednesday.”

As with their competitors’ charge capture programs, billing logic is used to minimize lost charges, and billing files can be created electronically.

Part of HMS’ charge capture package is a feature that allows the customer to create a “favorite list” of ICD9s and CPT codes. “The group administrator informs us of their most frequently used codes,” explains Wiltshire. Those codes are added to the favorites list. “The favorites are group-wide.”

HMS also offers a solution for built-in communication with PCPs upon their patients’ admission and discharge, along with a unique follow-up system for discharged patients.

“As soon as an admission or discharge code is entered, you’ll see a screen for additional comments,” explains Wiltshire. “The PCP information is already in the system—it’s entered upon admission—and the program generates a fax at our site. The fax is sent with customized, pertinent information.”

Why fax? “There’s an issue with e-mail: It’s not secure,” says Wiltshire. “And most PCPs are familiar and comfortable with getting faxes.”

As for follow-up after discharge, says Wiltshire, “It’s a tickler system. Upon discharge, the physician can elect whether to create a follow-up system. It might be a reminder to check the patient’s X-rays or lab results or that an appointment was made with their PCP. You can select these options to create a to-do list, and the patient won’t leave the patient roster until the list is completed.”

 

 

Whatever follow-up steps are taken can then be permanently documented and, if appropriate, faxed to the PCP to show completion.

Capabilities Available from Four Major Vendors
click for large version
click for large version

IM Practice Manager 1.0 (Ingenious Med, Inc.)

This overall system includes clinical rounding, charge capture, communication, and business intelligence suites. Ingenious Med can aggregate data across multiple facilities, integrating with hospital EMR, information, and billing systems, enabling real-time management reports, allowing physicians to enter and access data via the Internet or mobile devices, and promoting rapid dissemination of critical information across hospital and national physician networks.

“Customers typically start off with our basic product, which is comprehensive. As the practice matures, that’s where we get customers asking for other modules,” says Steven Liu, MD, founder, CEO, chief architect, and a practicing hospitalist at Emory Eastside Medical Center, Snellville, Ga. “Our suite of products is within Practice Manager. It’s designed primarily for physician practices, which is a little different than those designed for a hospital.”

As the name implies IM Practice Manager includes tools for the practice. “As the hospitalist movement has become a bigger player, hospitalists need to prove their value,” says Dr. Liu. “We provide tools for data-mining performance. These are modeled a lot on SHM and what they state as best requirements, as well as what the individual [hospital medicine practice] requires.”

Dr. Liu stresses that they only include the features that hospitalists really need to do their jobs: “This software is designed by physicians; we don’t do technology for technology’s sake.”

IM Practice Manager offers tools for both the administrators and the hospitalists in a given group. “On the business end, business intelligence is a very important part of any practice,” says Dr. Liu. “We’ve put a lot of resources into creating a comprehensive system. Other utilities are more geared to individual physicians.”

Those utilities include communications: “You can send e-mails as long as they’re within the practice,” says Dr. Liu. “This is secure and controllable. But the system is built to help hospital medicine groups to communicate with everyone they encounter—staff, the back office, patients, and other providers.”

MedAptus Point-of-Care Solution Suite (MedAptus, Inc.)

As with its competitors, MedAptus points to the improved coding compliance, decreased administrative burden, and greatly enhanced reimbursement that result from their electronic charge capture suite.

“We send out compliance or maintenance releases annually, and a real-time call goes out over the Web when new rules are issued,” explains Dr. Delaney. The result is an automatic update for users. “It all happens behind the scenes.”

Other software features target physicians’ daily activities. “The crucial thing is to get it right from the hospitalist’s perspective,” says Dr. Delaney. “Hospital medicine differs a lot [from other physician specialties]. It tends to practices sharing groups of patients, so we have rounding lists of patients built in. Your colleague can pull up a team of patients to see changes and updates to care.”

On dictation, a feature that not all systems offer, Dr. Delaney explains, “If they’re dictating today, this is a tremendous help. It’s seamlessly integrated into the system. However, if they’re currently writing notes, this is a convenient feature, but it’s also a new expense and can add to turnaround time.”

Another feature of MedAptus—one that is unique to its product—is the Clinical Content application, which connects the user to current medical knowledge in books and publications—pre-selected by the customer group—at any point in patient interaction. “We’re very excited about this,” says Dr. Delaney. “It allows just-in-time information on specific clinical questions. It takes you to the exact information you need at any point in the process.”

 

 

The overall solution from MedAptus also includes the ability to receive lab and radiology results, as well as clinical notes, electronically at any time, anywhere. “We help leverage and extend existing IT assets in a mobile form factor,” summarizes Dr. Delaney. “We’re on version seven; we’ve had the opportunity to figure out how to fit in with a physician’s work flow.”

Learn More about IT

Visit the Web sites of the application vendors mentioned in this article.

Hospital Management System (HMS), BMA Enterprises, Inc.

http://medical.bmaenterprises.com

IM Practice Manager 1.0, Ingenious Med, Inc.

www.ingeniousmed.com/practice_manager.htm

MedAptus Point-of-Care Solution Suite, MedAptus, Inc.

www.medaptus.com/solutions/overview.php

PatientKeeper, PatientKeeper, Inc.

www.patientkeeper.com

PatientKeeper (PatientKeeper, Inc.)

The most established software for hospitalists, PatientKeeper is a single integrated system designed to support a physician throughout the entire day. At any time, from any location, physicians can access their patients’ electronic records, write prescriptions, enter charges, dictate notes, document encounters, place orders, or send secure messages to other caregivers.

Stephen S. Hau, founder and vice president, marketing and business development, agrees that charge capture is the most requested utility. “This is a huge financial advantage for an institution, plus it increases physician satisfaction,” he says. “In three taps, you can capture a charge, and there are 900 rules [in the software] that help ensure the charge is correct and a clean bill is entered.”

But getting back to the daily tasks of hospitalists, “Our whole take is trying to fill the void where institutions have purchased information systems but there’s nothing to support the physician,” says Hau.

For example, Hau says, “One of the tasks that eats up a lot of time is finding information—the ‘chart chase,’ along with communicating with other providers. We help make it easier to send information to each other. You can send a patient-specific instant message, saying, ‘waiting on lab results for patient Molly Doe.’ Now more providers are in play per patient, so communication is more important.”

This improves patient care and even quality of life for working hospitalists. “One physician said he used to get calls at home about discharges,” recalls Hau. “Now he can access the information and discharge a patient over the phone if it’s appropriate. That shortens length of stay.”

PatientKeeper also allows individual users to customize the utility. “The exciting, challenging thing about [designing software for] physicians is that one size does not fit all,” says Hau. “One thing we provide is the ability to easily manage your own patient list; you can organize it by your schedule or by location or rounding path. We call features like that ‘physician delighters.’ These are what has made us so successful.”

Perhaps because of the physician delighters, or perhaps because they’ve been around the longest, PatientKeeper is currently the most widely used technology solution in hospital medicine. “We’re in 350 hospitals across the country, so I guess we’re the market leader,” says Hau. “We just announced two new patents, so we believe we’re also the technology leaders.”

Conclusion

Programs like the ones outlined here are definitely the future of healthcare, but the first step might be the most painful. “The investment is sizeable,” warns Dr. Rosenbaum. “The main problem is that it’s expensive. You need an upfront investment with no real guarantee of the returns.” TH

Jane Jerrard has written for The Hospitalist since 2005.

IPC’s In-House Application

How one hospital medicine group maximizes technology with a proprietary practice management tool

Another technology choice may be available someday for hospital medicine groups. IPC-The Hospitalist Company (North Hollywood, Calif.) has developed its own comprehensive practice management solution called IPC-Link System, used by its 200+ facilities around the country. IPC is currently assessing how to deploy this technology product to outside groups.

“We feel there’s a tremendous need for a complete package,” says Adam D. Singer, MD, chairman, CEO, and chief medical officer of IPC. “Our system is comprehensive, and is built around two core pieces. The first: “[It allows] clinical communication from the bedside to any number of constituents, including the primary care physician (PCP), insurers—anyone involved with that patient’s care.”

The second core feature is the ever-popular charge capture. “The hospitalist simply ticks off billing,” says Dr. Singer. “The tool is directly linked to the billing system electronically, so it’s instantaneous.”

Another essential tool that IPC has built in to its application is a post-discharge process. “Data is exported to a nurse call center,” explains Dr. Singer. “A customized survey is created for each patient; certain drugs will elicit certain questions” on that survey, for example. The call center will contact the patient’s PCP and ask questions and gather information based on the personalized survey.

As for IPC-Link’s virtual office capabilities: “Hospitalists don’t have an office or even desk; this feature provides that to them, in an Internet world. It’s essentially an Internet portal,” says Dr. Singer.

With the virtual office, a hospitalist can use file storage for protocols, pharmacy lists and referral lists she might need; can access the billing system; can pull up any available data reports; and can communicate through e-mail and a blog.

Another Plus: Data Collection

The software system makes hospitalists work more efficiently, but an equal benefit is the data it assimilates and stores. “There’s a whole suite of management reports that provide a window into the group, clinically and otherwise,” says Dr. Singer. “A few examples are: You can look at length of stay by doctor, by practice, or by region; review re-admission rates, check encounter data so that you know your doctors aren’t being overwhelmed or underwhelmed. You can also see which PCPs are still referring patients and which aren’t.”

Dr. Singer stresses that the IPC-Link System can help run a more profitable practice, and that it is designed for a practice that is a “true hospital medicine program” focused on improving quality of care. That’s part of the reason that IPC is very selective about the outside practices it allows to use the application.

“We’re in an exploratory phase,” explains Dr. Singer. “We have some relationships in place. One L.A. practice is using it for charge capture, and another is using the charge capture and communication tools. A third is using the full suite to implement a brand new hospital medicine program. We want to see if it can be used this way.”

Keep your eye on the technology applications on the market—someday there may be a new player in town.—JJ

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
IT for HM
Display Headline
IT for HM
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

Big Kahunas

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:38
Display Headline
Big Kahunas

Disclaimer: SHM Members William Atchley, MD, FACP, Ron Greeno, MD, Stacy Goldsholl, MD, and Mark V. Williams, MD, FACP, are quoted in this article. Their opinions do not reflect or represent the opinions of SHM.

Hospital medicine may be a young field, but several major providers have already been established. Each of these rapidly growing organizations employs dozens—or even hundreds—of hospitalists and is establishing or revamping hospital medicine programs across the United States.

As these organizations grow, they are shaping hospital medicine. “I think that what the large companies really bring to the table is a vision of what hospital medicine is supposed to be about: evidence-based medicine and other things important to the hospital,” says William Atchley, MD, FACP, a practicing hospitalist in Hampton, Va.

This month, we examine just a few of the many large hospital medicine groups in order to set the stage for this growing trend and the issues presented by these groups. That said, here is an overview of some of the largest national players in hospital medicine, their perspective on the industry, their philosophies, and dialogue about their astonishing growth.

The Players

Which organizations have become the nation’s largest employers of hospitalists?

Cogent Healthcare

Based in Irvine, Calif., Cogent employs approximately 130 full-time hospitalists, with an additional 70 who “work with us in other arrangements; some are partnered with us,” says Ron Greeno, MD, FCCP, Cogent chief medical officer.

Cogent was founded by four physician groups in Los Angeles County. “We started in late 1997 and spent the first several years developing the model,” recalls Dr. Greeno. “In the 2000s, we started building programs for hospitals. We’ve seen growth of around 40% a year for the last several years. Frankly, we started too early; the market wasn’t really ready.”

What sets Cogent apart, says Dr. Greeno, is its focus. “We’re not a physician practice management company,” he stresses. “Our competitors’ goal is to build large, successful practices. We built a practice that’s hospital-centric. This helps the hospital satisfy its goals.”

EmCare

Perhaps the first of the national players to actively undertake hospital medicine, EmCare developed its first hospitalist program in 1993 at Baylor University Medical Center (BUMC) in Texas. “[Baylor is] still with us,” says Michael Wagner, MD, CEO, Hospitalists Division, EmCare.

EmCare has more than 30 years of experience with emergency department (ED) staffing, which is how it got its foot in the hospitalist door.

“In the late ’90s, other hospital EDs talked to us” about bringing in a hospitalist program, says Dr. Wagner. “So in each ED region, we worked to sell [the] hospital medicine program. It didn’t really take off until the 2000s, when non-clients started approaching us.”

Today, EmCare employs 350 hospitalists, 240 of whom work full-time. They provide hospital medicine to 47 clients in 60 programs in 37 states.

Emory Healthcare

Emory Healthcare’s Hospital Medicine Unit in Atlanta is the largest academic hospital medicine program in the United States.

“We occupy five hospitals,” says Mark V. Williams, MD, FACP, director of Emory’s Hospital Medicine Unit and editor of the Journal of Hospital Medicine. “Thirty of our hospitalists teach at the two university hospitals, and an additional eight teach at [one of three] community hospital[s]. Others will teach in-service training as well.”

The two university hospitals—Emory University Hospital and Crawford Long Hospital—are “solely staffed by Emory physicians,” explains Dr. Williams. “A third of what we do in these settings is teaching, and the rest is direct care.”

The university’s hospitalist program started in 1999 with eight hospitalists; today, it employs 60. The difference with an academic hospitalist program, explains Dr. Williams, is that “we’re essentially dealing with staffing teaching teams, teaching, and having research components.”

 

 

IPC–The Hospitalist Company

Perhaps the best-known hospitalist employer, IPC (North Hollywood, Calif.) currently has approximately 500 full-time employed hospitalists and 150-200 part-timers working in more than 200 facilities across 23 U.S. markets.

“We have every type of practice, including academic and small hospitals,” says Adam D. Singer, MD, chairman, CEO, and chief medical officer of IPC. The company was re-incorporated in 1995. “We started accelerating in ’97, and we’ve been growing 30 to 50% per year—steady growth. We’re acquiring like-minded groups. We’ve had 10 acquisitions in the last 24 months. All our acquisitions have to be high-minded, quality groups.”

At a Glance: Some of the Largest Employers of U.S. Hospitalists
click for large version
click for large version

PrimeDoc

Based in Asheville, N.C., PrimeDoc is 100% physician-owned and managed. Counting permanent employees as well as independent contractors, the company staffs approximately 110 hospitalists.

“We do things a little differently,” says Robert J. Reynolds, MD, president and CEO, who also co-founded PrimeDoc in 1997. “We started as a freestanding practice serving one hospital, and we use a private practice model today. We’ve grown by establishing private practices in five states along the Atlantic seaboard.”

Dr. Reynolds admits that the PrimeDoc model is not “terribly unique. We contract with hospitals to provide care to unassigned patients, and we solicit referrals from [primary care physicians] in the community.”

TeamHealth Hospital Medicine

Another company that started out providing ED services—as well as administrative and staffing services—TeamHealth (Wilmington, N.C.) now employees more than 400 hospitalists, most of whom are full-time employees.

“Until this past year, I think we’ve been a little bit of a sleeper in hospital medicine,” says Stacy Goldsholl, MD, president. “That’s all changing now, as we’re aggressively pursuing the number-one place in the market. But we’ve grown as a silent presence through our relational reputations—basically, through word of mouth in the emergency departments. We have more than 400 contracts [in emergency medicine].”

The company continues to add hospital medicine programs through several methods. “We set up new programs from scratch, we restructure existing programs, we acquire large hospital medicine groups,” says Dr. Goldsholl, “and we apply things that work in one model to other models.”

Growth Trends

One feature these organizations have in common: explosive growth. The corporations are acquiring, starting, or partnering with a steady stream of hospital medicine programs.

“We’ve more than doubled in the last year,” says Dr. Goldsholl. “Our pipeline for hospital medicine groups is just exploding. We’re trying to manage the growth we have as well as what’s coming. We hope to double again in the next two years.”

Within that increase in programs comes another growth trend: hospital clients are asking their hospital medicine groups to take on more responsibility. “Our role in the hospital setting is definitely expanding,” says Dr. Goldsholl. “And the hospitalist’s role is only going to increase. We’ll see more hospital-based intensivists, surgicalists, and laborists [OB/GYN physicians]—there’s tremendous growth coming.”

Dr. Reynolds agrees. “In 1997, we basically provided medical care for acute care patients,” he explains. “Now we’re providing care for surgical care patients. We do pre-op eval[uation]s and perioperative management. We’ve also seen more demand for rapid response management, and we’re being asked to do pre-op eval[uation]s for outpatient surgeries.”

More hospitals are proactively seeking out these market leaders to explore adding a new hospital medicine program. “We’re getting calls from smaller and smaller hospitals,” says Dr. Reynolds. “Even the smallest hospitals want to implement a hospital medicine program, and it’s difficult to provide 24-hour coverage and have it make sense financially. But the trend is promising: Every hospital wants this type of service.”

 

 

Will these big players gobble up independent programs? That depends on how those programs are doing. “I haven’t heard of any programs being replaced if they’re doing all the right things and their costs are in line,” according to Dr. Atchley. “What you’re seeing is national companies either starting programs or salvaging programs that have failed.”

Industry Trends

Managing a large number of hospital medicine programs provides these companies with a clearer view of what’s happening in the specialty as it grows and changes. One trend that they’re seeing is a sort of second phase, where hospitals that brought in hospitalists several years ago now seek to improve their programs.

“In the past year, we’ve seen [hospitals express] more need, more interest in a hospital medicine management company coming in and restructuring a struggling program or a failed program,” says Dr. Goldsholl.

EmCare observes the same trend. “Hospitals are a lot savvier than they were five or 10 years ago about the setup of a hospital medicine program,” says Dr. Wagner. “Some [hospital administrators] may be on their second or third program, and they know what they want. They ask about recruitment success, retention rates, your data gathering and reporting tools, and what you do specifically to support your physicians in terms of leadership, quality, and satisfaction.”

These expectations are not simply discussed; they become part of the contractual agreement. “Hospitals also want service deliverables written in the contract,” adds Dr. Wagner, “including physician performance in terms of patient satisfaction, primary care physician satisfaction, JCAHO core measures, and medical staff participation.”

Why Big May Be Better

A large group with an established infrastructure that includes standards for quality checks, patient satisfaction, and so on is appealing to hospitals. “Because of economies of scale, we can offer state-of-the-art technologies, billing and collection, and infrastructure,” says Dr. Singer. “We also have the ability to recruit physicians. Small groups cannot compete with that.”

Another attractive feature is the history that these groups have in a relatively new field. “We have a track record of setting up successful programs,” points out Dr. Reynolds. ”We’ve already learned from our mistakes.”

Working for a national corporation has its benefits, including opportunities for education and advancement and an infrastructure support that can take some of the workload off a hospitalist’s shoulders. Dr. Greeno points out that Cogent handles administrative work for the physicians, freeing up their time for patients.

“One guy said, ‘I like working here because it’s the best opportunity to practice pure medicine,’ ” he says. “Our physicians are not case managers; they’re not schedulers.”

And working as part of a large group provides a built-in network of colleagues. “There’s connectivity for the individual hospitalist, as well as the medical director, to learn from other hospitalists all over the country,” says Dr. Goldsholl.

Dr. Wagner names compliance as one of EmCare’s top benefits. “We code physician notes professionally, and the result is we have greater than 95% compliance with Medicare. That’s something a national company can bring to the table.”

Some say that a large organization may be more attractive to job candidates. “Our size demonstrates stability to candidates,” says Dr. Williams. “Recruiting is a 100%-a-year job, and this helps.”

He points out that a larger program can appeal to the hospitalists within it: “Another advantage to our size is that we can draw from a pool of physicians to help out if necessary.”

Of course, physicians who work for larger companies may enjoy a larger compensation package, which can benefit the entire specialty. “In my experience, when [large companies] have come into my area, their salary structure is higher,” says Dr. Atchley. “The result is that other groups in the region have to change their salaries to be more competitive.”

 

 

The Upside to Independents

One factor that helps hospitals decide between bringing in a national company and using an independent local group is the cost.

“[Local programs] may not be as expensive as the large groups,” says Dr. Atchley. “When my hospital sent out an RFP [request for proposal], we saw that some of our costs were much less than what a national company” has to charge.

One major concern individual hospitalists and smaller groups may have regarding employment in a national corporation is loss of autonomy. Would they be expected to follow rigid rules and regulations set forth by a distant corporation office? The leaders in those offices say no, absolutely not.

“We actually manage down to a small practice,” says Dr. Singer. “Concerns are that there will be a loss of autonomy; that’s not true.”

Regardless of which type of hospital medicine program one prefers, having options is good for both the hospital and the physician. “Competition is good,” maintains Dr. Atchley. “When these companies come in, they’ll definitely provide superior infrastructure and can track outcomes. Homegrown hospital medicine programs should use the same approach.”

A Glimpse of the Future

Will all hospitalists eventually work for a behemoth corporation? Not a chance, say the CEOs and CMOs of the current hospital medicine company leaders. “There are lessons to be learned from the emergency department,” says Dr. Wagner. “Large companies don’t have the majority of ED contracts. There’s only so much [large companies] can manage before it starts to get picked off by smaller, younger practices that are more nimble and quick to respond.

“All the big players won’t be dominant from a market-share point of view,” he adds. “But what they will do is set expectations for good hospital medicine practices.”

However, the employment model for hospitalists will continue to change. “We’re going to see existing [large] companies increase their regional presence,” predicts Dr. Reynolds. “The hospital-owned model will fade away. Physicians make lousy hospital employees—they just don’t fit into the hospital’s view of an employee.”

Dr. Atchley agrees with this point: “We’ll probably see fewer and fewer programs where the physician is employed by the hospital. That’s pretty much what the SHM surveys are showing.”

And when will the booming market for hospitalists start to slow? “I see [the market] growing well beyond my crystal ball,” says Dr. Singer. “I see a soon-to-be emerging trend of hospitals wanting hospitalists rather than internists. More groups are going to step up and add that—make an internist into a subspecialist. It’s a new way of thinking.”

Even without a crystal ball, leaders in hospital medicine forecast that the field will continue to grow and that hospitalists will become better trained, credentialed, and accepted as a specialty—regardless of what type of organization they work for. TH

Jane Jerrard writes “Career Development” and “Public Policy” for The Hospitalist.

View from the Hospital Floor

The co-founders, CEOs, and chairs of the nation’s largest hospital medicine providers have shared their thoughts and perspectives. But what is it actually like to work for one of these companies? Below, an employee-hospitalist who previously worked for an independent practice shares his ground-level perspective.

Christopher Frost, MD, is regional medical director of TeamHealth MidSouth in Oak Ridge, Tenn. Before joining TeamHealth six years ago, Dr. Frost was chief resident and worked for a hematology/oncology group as a hospitalist. He was promoted to regional medical director three-and-a-half years ago.

More Time for Clinical Work

Asked about the differences in working for a large corporation, Dr. Frost immediately mentions assistance with recruiting efforts. “When the individual physician is tasked with recruiting, it can detract from his or her clinical work,” he points out. “TeamHealth has a fantastic recruiting team that allows the clinician to practice medicine while the recruiter finds the ‘right fit’ for the open position.”

In addition to saving valuable time for physician leaders, having a central office that handles recruitment has an important benefit. “TeamHealth’s physician turnover is less than half the national average,” says Dr. Frost. “I think this is a testament to their ability to match the right person to the right job.”

Dr. Frost also appreciates what he calls “the depth of resources” that TeamHealth provides, saying that this “allows physicians to exclusively concentrate on providing excellent patient care.”

These resources include physician education—quality care education as well as education on coding and billing. “TeamHealth proactively educates their physicians about all that is ‘sacred’ to hospital medicine,” explains Dr. Frost. “The nice thing is that TeamHealth and corporations take care of this. You don’t have to reinvent the wheel; you can focus on using these [resources] to provide quality patient care.”

He is impressed with the in-house education opportunities for physicians and for the group’s leaders. “[TeamHealth] offer[s] educational opportunities through outside resources, such as the SHM Leadership Academy, as well as internal resources from our own TeamHealth Institute,” says Dr. Frost. “They also have multiple listservs available to facilitate dynamic discussions and sharing of best practices.”

TeamHealth works with partner companies to customize or use technology for their physicians such as charge-capture software and listservs to use for clinical and leadership discussions. “We’re even in the process of setting up our own benchmark metrics,” says Dr. Frost.

Another strength of TeamHealth, says Dr. Frost, is its leadership. “Their reputation allows them to recruit industry leaders like Stacy Goldsholl,” he says—and so the growing organization continues to build on its advantage.

The result of having these resources provided by a corporate headquarters, says Dr. Frost, is that “it allows physicians not to see more patients, necessarily, but to see patients in a more confident, timely fashion.”

Corporate Versus Independent

Dr. Frost knows that smaller, independent hospital medicine groups treasure their autonomy. “With large groups, there’s a fear of losing that autonomy as the corporation takes over,” he says. “But TeamHealth recognizes that each group has its own needs and culture.”

He explains that every TeamHealth practice and hospital has its own needs and cultures. “We have best practices that we’re willing to share, but we don’t have to,” he says. “We don’t force it. TeamHealth brings best practices to the table; then the client[s] can pick and choose what they need.”

Dr. Frost has carefully considered the differences between working for TeamHealth and being a part of an organization like his former employer, and he believes that the resources his company provides enable him and his hospitalist staff to provide better clinical care, while supporting overall best practices for the specialty.

“Hospital medicine is kind of a “Field of Dreams” phenomenon: If you build it, they will come,” says Dr. Frost. “And [large companies] have taken it from the back yard to the major leagues.”

Of course, Dr. Frost’s views of his employer don’t represent those of the hundreds of other hospitalists who work for major hospital medicine groups. But it’s obvious that he appreciates his company’s support and infrastructure, which allow him to concentrate on his truly important work. And that does sound like the major leagues.—JJ

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Sections

Disclaimer: SHM Members William Atchley, MD, FACP, Ron Greeno, MD, Stacy Goldsholl, MD, and Mark V. Williams, MD, FACP, are quoted in this article. Their opinions do not reflect or represent the opinions of SHM.

Hospital medicine may be a young field, but several major providers have already been established. Each of these rapidly growing organizations employs dozens—or even hundreds—of hospitalists and is establishing or revamping hospital medicine programs across the United States.

As these organizations grow, they are shaping hospital medicine. “I think that what the large companies really bring to the table is a vision of what hospital medicine is supposed to be about: evidence-based medicine and other things important to the hospital,” says William Atchley, MD, FACP, a practicing hospitalist in Hampton, Va.

This month, we examine just a few of the many large hospital medicine groups in order to set the stage for this growing trend and the issues presented by these groups. That said, here is an overview of some of the largest national players in hospital medicine, their perspective on the industry, their philosophies, and dialogue about their astonishing growth.

The Players

Which organizations have become the nation’s largest employers of hospitalists?

Cogent Healthcare

Based in Irvine, Calif., Cogent employs approximately 130 full-time hospitalists, with an additional 70 who “work with us in other arrangements; some are partnered with us,” says Ron Greeno, MD, FCCP, Cogent chief medical officer.

Cogent was founded by four physician groups in Los Angeles County. “We started in late 1997 and spent the first several years developing the model,” recalls Dr. Greeno. “In the 2000s, we started building programs for hospitals. We’ve seen growth of around 40% a year for the last several years. Frankly, we started too early; the market wasn’t really ready.”

What sets Cogent apart, says Dr. Greeno, is its focus. “We’re not a physician practice management company,” he stresses. “Our competitors’ goal is to build large, successful practices. We built a practice that’s hospital-centric. This helps the hospital satisfy its goals.”

EmCare

Perhaps the first of the national players to actively undertake hospital medicine, EmCare developed its first hospitalist program in 1993 at Baylor University Medical Center (BUMC) in Texas. “[Baylor is] still with us,” says Michael Wagner, MD, CEO, Hospitalists Division, EmCare.

EmCare has more than 30 years of experience with emergency department (ED) staffing, which is how it got its foot in the hospitalist door.

“In the late ’90s, other hospital EDs talked to us” about bringing in a hospitalist program, says Dr. Wagner. “So in each ED region, we worked to sell [the] hospital medicine program. It didn’t really take off until the 2000s, when non-clients started approaching us.”

Today, EmCare employs 350 hospitalists, 240 of whom work full-time. They provide hospital medicine to 47 clients in 60 programs in 37 states.

Emory Healthcare

Emory Healthcare’s Hospital Medicine Unit in Atlanta is the largest academic hospital medicine program in the United States.

“We occupy five hospitals,” says Mark V. Williams, MD, FACP, director of Emory’s Hospital Medicine Unit and editor of the Journal of Hospital Medicine. “Thirty of our hospitalists teach at the two university hospitals, and an additional eight teach at [one of three] community hospital[s]. Others will teach in-service training as well.”

The two university hospitals—Emory University Hospital and Crawford Long Hospital—are “solely staffed by Emory physicians,” explains Dr. Williams. “A third of what we do in these settings is teaching, and the rest is direct care.”

The university’s hospitalist program started in 1999 with eight hospitalists; today, it employs 60. The difference with an academic hospitalist program, explains Dr. Williams, is that “we’re essentially dealing with staffing teaching teams, teaching, and having research components.”

 

 

IPC–The Hospitalist Company

Perhaps the best-known hospitalist employer, IPC (North Hollywood, Calif.) currently has approximately 500 full-time employed hospitalists and 150-200 part-timers working in more than 200 facilities across 23 U.S. markets.

“We have every type of practice, including academic and small hospitals,” says Adam D. Singer, MD, chairman, CEO, and chief medical officer of IPC. The company was re-incorporated in 1995. “We started accelerating in ’97, and we’ve been growing 30 to 50% per year—steady growth. We’re acquiring like-minded groups. We’ve had 10 acquisitions in the last 24 months. All our acquisitions have to be high-minded, quality groups.”

At a Glance: Some of the Largest Employers of U.S. Hospitalists
click for large version
click for large version

PrimeDoc

Based in Asheville, N.C., PrimeDoc is 100% physician-owned and managed. Counting permanent employees as well as independent contractors, the company staffs approximately 110 hospitalists.

“We do things a little differently,” says Robert J. Reynolds, MD, president and CEO, who also co-founded PrimeDoc in 1997. “We started as a freestanding practice serving one hospital, and we use a private practice model today. We’ve grown by establishing private practices in five states along the Atlantic seaboard.”

Dr. Reynolds admits that the PrimeDoc model is not “terribly unique. We contract with hospitals to provide care to unassigned patients, and we solicit referrals from [primary care physicians] in the community.”

TeamHealth Hospital Medicine

Another company that started out providing ED services—as well as administrative and staffing services—TeamHealth (Wilmington, N.C.) now employees more than 400 hospitalists, most of whom are full-time employees.

“Until this past year, I think we’ve been a little bit of a sleeper in hospital medicine,” says Stacy Goldsholl, MD, president. “That’s all changing now, as we’re aggressively pursuing the number-one place in the market. But we’ve grown as a silent presence through our relational reputations—basically, through word of mouth in the emergency departments. We have more than 400 contracts [in emergency medicine].”

The company continues to add hospital medicine programs through several methods. “We set up new programs from scratch, we restructure existing programs, we acquire large hospital medicine groups,” says Dr. Goldsholl, “and we apply things that work in one model to other models.”

Growth Trends

One feature these organizations have in common: explosive growth. The corporations are acquiring, starting, or partnering with a steady stream of hospital medicine programs.

“We’ve more than doubled in the last year,” says Dr. Goldsholl. “Our pipeline for hospital medicine groups is just exploding. We’re trying to manage the growth we have as well as what’s coming. We hope to double again in the next two years.”

Within that increase in programs comes another growth trend: hospital clients are asking their hospital medicine groups to take on more responsibility. “Our role in the hospital setting is definitely expanding,” says Dr. Goldsholl. “And the hospitalist’s role is only going to increase. We’ll see more hospital-based intensivists, surgicalists, and laborists [OB/GYN physicians]—there’s tremendous growth coming.”

Dr. Reynolds agrees. “In 1997, we basically provided medical care for acute care patients,” he explains. “Now we’re providing care for surgical care patients. We do pre-op eval[uation]s and perioperative management. We’ve also seen more demand for rapid response management, and we’re being asked to do pre-op eval[uation]s for outpatient surgeries.”

More hospitals are proactively seeking out these market leaders to explore adding a new hospital medicine program. “We’re getting calls from smaller and smaller hospitals,” says Dr. Reynolds. “Even the smallest hospitals want to implement a hospital medicine program, and it’s difficult to provide 24-hour coverage and have it make sense financially. But the trend is promising: Every hospital wants this type of service.”

 

 

Will these big players gobble up independent programs? That depends on how those programs are doing. “I haven’t heard of any programs being replaced if they’re doing all the right things and their costs are in line,” according to Dr. Atchley. “What you’re seeing is national companies either starting programs or salvaging programs that have failed.”

Industry Trends

Managing a large number of hospital medicine programs provides these companies with a clearer view of what’s happening in the specialty as it grows and changes. One trend that they’re seeing is a sort of second phase, where hospitals that brought in hospitalists several years ago now seek to improve their programs.

“In the past year, we’ve seen [hospitals express] more need, more interest in a hospital medicine management company coming in and restructuring a struggling program or a failed program,” says Dr. Goldsholl.

EmCare observes the same trend. “Hospitals are a lot savvier than they were five or 10 years ago about the setup of a hospital medicine program,” says Dr. Wagner. “Some [hospital administrators] may be on their second or third program, and they know what they want. They ask about recruitment success, retention rates, your data gathering and reporting tools, and what you do specifically to support your physicians in terms of leadership, quality, and satisfaction.”

These expectations are not simply discussed; they become part of the contractual agreement. “Hospitals also want service deliverables written in the contract,” adds Dr. Wagner, “including physician performance in terms of patient satisfaction, primary care physician satisfaction, JCAHO core measures, and medical staff participation.”

Why Big May Be Better

A large group with an established infrastructure that includes standards for quality checks, patient satisfaction, and so on is appealing to hospitals. “Because of economies of scale, we can offer state-of-the-art technologies, billing and collection, and infrastructure,” says Dr. Singer. “We also have the ability to recruit physicians. Small groups cannot compete with that.”

Another attractive feature is the history that these groups have in a relatively new field. “We have a track record of setting up successful programs,” points out Dr. Reynolds. ”We’ve already learned from our mistakes.”

Working for a national corporation has its benefits, including opportunities for education and advancement and an infrastructure support that can take some of the workload off a hospitalist’s shoulders. Dr. Greeno points out that Cogent handles administrative work for the physicians, freeing up their time for patients.

“One guy said, ‘I like working here because it’s the best opportunity to practice pure medicine,’ ” he says. “Our physicians are not case managers; they’re not schedulers.”

And working as part of a large group provides a built-in network of colleagues. “There’s connectivity for the individual hospitalist, as well as the medical director, to learn from other hospitalists all over the country,” says Dr. Goldsholl.

Dr. Wagner names compliance as one of EmCare’s top benefits. “We code physician notes professionally, and the result is we have greater than 95% compliance with Medicare. That’s something a national company can bring to the table.”

Some say that a large organization may be more attractive to job candidates. “Our size demonstrates stability to candidates,” says Dr. Williams. “Recruiting is a 100%-a-year job, and this helps.”

He points out that a larger program can appeal to the hospitalists within it: “Another advantage to our size is that we can draw from a pool of physicians to help out if necessary.”

Of course, physicians who work for larger companies may enjoy a larger compensation package, which can benefit the entire specialty. “In my experience, when [large companies] have come into my area, their salary structure is higher,” says Dr. Atchley. “The result is that other groups in the region have to change their salaries to be more competitive.”

 

 

The Upside to Independents

One factor that helps hospitals decide between bringing in a national company and using an independent local group is the cost.

“[Local programs] may not be as expensive as the large groups,” says Dr. Atchley. “When my hospital sent out an RFP [request for proposal], we saw that some of our costs were much less than what a national company” has to charge.

One major concern individual hospitalists and smaller groups may have regarding employment in a national corporation is loss of autonomy. Would they be expected to follow rigid rules and regulations set forth by a distant corporation office? The leaders in those offices say no, absolutely not.

“We actually manage down to a small practice,” says Dr. Singer. “Concerns are that there will be a loss of autonomy; that’s not true.”

Regardless of which type of hospital medicine program one prefers, having options is good for both the hospital and the physician. “Competition is good,” maintains Dr. Atchley. “When these companies come in, they’ll definitely provide superior infrastructure and can track outcomes. Homegrown hospital medicine programs should use the same approach.”

A Glimpse of the Future

Will all hospitalists eventually work for a behemoth corporation? Not a chance, say the CEOs and CMOs of the current hospital medicine company leaders. “There are lessons to be learned from the emergency department,” says Dr. Wagner. “Large companies don’t have the majority of ED contracts. There’s only so much [large companies] can manage before it starts to get picked off by smaller, younger practices that are more nimble and quick to respond.

“All the big players won’t be dominant from a market-share point of view,” he adds. “But what they will do is set expectations for good hospital medicine practices.”

However, the employment model for hospitalists will continue to change. “We’re going to see existing [large] companies increase their regional presence,” predicts Dr. Reynolds. “The hospital-owned model will fade away. Physicians make lousy hospital employees—they just don’t fit into the hospital’s view of an employee.”

Dr. Atchley agrees with this point: “We’ll probably see fewer and fewer programs where the physician is employed by the hospital. That’s pretty much what the SHM surveys are showing.”

And when will the booming market for hospitalists start to slow? “I see [the market] growing well beyond my crystal ball,” says Dr. Singer. “I see a soon-to-be emerging trend of hospitals wanting hospitalists rather than internists. More groups are going to step up and add that—make an internist into a subspecialist. It’s a new way of thinking.”

Even without a crystal ball, leaders in hospital medicine forecast that the field will continue to grow and that hospitalists will become better trained, credentialed, and accepted as a specialty—regardless of what type of organization they work for. TH

Jane Jerrard writes “Career Development” and “Public Policy” for The Hospitalist.

View from the Hospital Floor

The co-founders, CEOs, and chairs of the nation’s largest hospital medicine providers have shared their thoughts and perspectives. But what is it actually like to work for one of these companies? Below, an employee-hospitalist who previously worked for an independent practice shares his ground-level perspective.

Christopher Frost, MD, is regional medical director of TeamHealth MidSouth in Oak Ridge, Tenn. Before joining TeamHealth six years ago, Dr. Frost was chief resident and worked for a hematology/oncology group as a hospitalist. He was promoted to regional medical director three-and-a-half years ago.

More Time for Clinical Work

Asked about the differences in working for a large corporation, Dr. Frost immediately mentions assistance with recruiting efforts. “When the individual physician is tasked with recruiting, it can detract from his or her clinical work,” he points out. “TeamHealth has a fantastic recruiting team that allows the clinician to practice medicine while the recruiter finds the ‘right fit’ for the open position.”

In addition to saving valuable time for physician leaders, having a central office that handles recruitment has an important benefit. “TeamHealth’s physician turnover is less than half the national average,” says Dr. Frost. “I think this is a testament to their ability to match the right person to the right job.”

Dr. Frost also appreciates what he calls “the depth of resources” that TeamHealth provides, saying that this “allows physicians to exclusively concentrate on providing excellent patient care.”

These resources include physician education—quality care education as well as education on coding and billing. “TeamHealth proactively educates their physicians about all that is ‘sacred’ to hospital medicine,” explains Dr. Frost. “The nice thing is that TeamHealth and corporations take care of this. You don’t have to reinvent the wheel; you can focus on using these [resources] to provide quality patient care.”

He is impressed with the in-house education opportunities for physicians and for the group’s leaders. “[TeamHealth] offer[s] educational opportunities through outside resources, such as the SHM Leadership Academy, as well as internal resources from our own TeamHealth Institute,” says Dr. Frost. “They also have multiple listservs available to facilitate dynamic discussions and sharing of best practices.”

TeamHealth works with partner companies to customize or use technology for their physicians such as charge-capture software and listservs to use for clinical and leadership discussions. “We’re even in the process of setting up our own benchmark metrics,” says Dr. Frost.

Another strength of TeamHealth, says Dr. Frost, is its leadership. “Their reputation allows them to recruit industry leaders like Stacy Goldsholl,” he says—and so the growing organization continues to build on its advantage.

The result of having these resources provided by a corporate headquarters, says Dr. Frost, is that “it allows physicians not to see more patients, necessarily, but to see patients in a more confident, timely fashion.”

Corporate Versus Independent

Dr. Frost knows that smaller, independent hospital medicine groups treasure their autonomy. “With large groups, there’s a fear of losing that autonomy as the corporation takes over,” he says. “But TeamHealth recognizes that each group has its own needs and culture.”

He explains that every TeamHealth practice and hospital has its own needs and cultures. “We have best practices that we’re willing to share, but we don’t have to,” he says. “We don’t force it. TeamHealth brings best practices to the table; then the client[s] can pick and choose what they need.”

Dr. Frost has carefully considered the differences between working for TeamHealth and being a part of an organization like his former employer, and he believes that the resources his company provides enable him and his hospitalist staff to provide better clinical care, while supporting overall best practices for the specialty.

“Hospital medicine is kind of a “Field of Dreams” phenomenon: If you build it, they will come,” says Dr. Frost. “And [large companies] have taken it from the back yard to the major leagues.”

Of course, Dr. Frost’s views of his employer don’t represent those of the hundreds of other hospitalists who work for major hospital medicine groups. But it’s obvious that he appreciates his company’s support and infrastructure, which allow him to concentrate on his truly important work. And that does sound like the major leagues.—JJ

Disclaimer: SHM Members William Atchley, MD, FACP, Ron Greeno, MD, Stacy Goldsholl, MD, and Mark V. Williams, MD, FACP, are quoted in this article. Their opinions do not reflect or represent the opinions of SHM.

Hospital medicine may be a young field, but several major providers have already been established. Each of these rapidly growing organizations employs dozens—or even hundreds—of hospitalists and is establishing or revamping hospital medicine programs across the United States.

As these organizations grow, they are shaping hospital medicine. “I think that what the large companies really bring to the table is a vision of what hospital medicine is supposed to be about: evidence-based medicine and other things important to the hospital,” says William Atchley, MD, FACP, a practicing hospitalist in Hampton, Va.

This month, we examine just a few of the many large hospital medicine groups in order to set the stage for this growing trend and the issues presented by these groups. That said, here is an overview of some of the largest national players in hospital medicine, their perspective on the industry, their philosophies, and dialogue about their astonishing growth.

The Players

Which organizations have become the nation’s largest employers of hospitalists?

Cogent Healthcare

Based in Irvine, Calif., Cogent employs approximately 130 full-time hospitalists, with an additional 70 who “work with us in other arrangements; some are partnered with us,” says Ron Greeno, MD, FCCP, Cogent chief medical officer.

Cogent was founded by four physician groups in Los Angeles County. “We started in late 1997 and spent the first several years developing the model,” recalls Dr. Greeno. “In the 2000s, we started building programs for hospitals. We’ve seen growth of around 40% a year for the last several years. Frankly, we started too early; the market wasn’t really ready.”

What sets Cogent apart, says Dr. Greeno, is its focus. “We’re not a physician practice management company,” he stresses. “Our competitors’ goal is to build large, successful practices. We built a practice that’s hospital-centric. This helps the hospital satisfy its goals.”

EmCare

Perhaps the first of the national players to actively undertake hospital medicine, EmCare developed its first hospitalist program in 1993 at Baylor University Medical Center (BUMC) in Texas. “[Baylor is] still with us,” says Michael Wagner, MD, CEO, Hospitalists Division, EmCare.

EmCare has more than 30 years of experience with emergency department (ED) staffing, which is how it got its foot in the hospitalist door.

“In the late ’90s, other hospital EDs talked to us” about bringing in a hospitalist program, says Dr. Wagner. “So in each ED region, we worked to sell [the] hospital medicine program. It didn’t really take off until the 2000s, when non-clients started approaching us.”

Today, EmCare employs 350 hospitalists, 240 of whom work full-time. They provide hospital medicine to 47 clients in 60 programs in 37 states.

Emory Healthcare

Emory Healthcare’s Hospital Medicine Unit in Atlanta is the largest academic hospital medicine program in the United States.

“We occupy five hospitals,” says Mark V. Williams, MD, FACP, director of Emory’s Hospital Medicine Unit and editor of the Journal of Hospital Medicine. “Thirty of our hospitalists teach at the two university hospitals, and an additional eight teach at [one of three] community hospital[s]. Others will teach in-service training as well.”

The two university hospitals—Emory University Hospital and Crawford Long Hospital—are “solely staffed by Emory physicians,” explains Dr. Williams. “A third of what we do in these settings is teaching, and the rest is direct care.”

The university’s hospitalist program started in 1999 with eight hospitalists; today, it employs 60. The difference with an academic hospitalist program, explains Dr. Williams, is that “we’re essentially dealing with staffing teaching teams, teaching, and having research components.”

 

 

IPC–The Hospitalist Company

Perhaps the best-known hospitalist employer, IPC (North Hollywood, Calif.) currently has approximately 500 full-time employed hospitalists and 150-200 part-timers working in more than 200 facilities across 23 U.S. markets.

“We have every type of practice, including academic and small hospitals,” says Adam D. Singer, MD, chairman, CEO, and chief medical officer of IPC. The company was re-incorporated in 1995. “We started accelerating in ’97, and we’ve been growing 30 to 50% per year—steady growth. We’re acquiring like-minded groups. We’ve had 10 acquisitions in the last 24 months. All our acquisitions have to be high-minded, quality groups.”

At a Glance: Some of the Largest Employers of U.S. Hospitalists
click for large version
click for large version

PrimeDoc

Based in Asheville, N.C., PrimeDoc is 100% physician-owned and managed. Counting permanent employees as well as independent contractors, the company staffs approximately 110 hospitalists.

“We do things a little differently,” says Robert J. Reynolds, MD, president and CEO, who also co-founded PrimeDoc in 1997. “We started as a freestanding practice serving one hospital, and we use a private practice model today. We’ve grown by establishing private practices in five states along the Atlantic seaboard.”

Dr. Reynolds admits that the PrimeDoc model is not “terribly unique. We contract with hospitals to provide care to unassigned patients, and we solicit referrals from [primary care physicians] in the community.”

TeamHealth Hospital Medicine

Another company that started out providing ED services—as well as administrative and staffing services—TeamHealth (Wilmington, N.C.) now employees more than 400 hospitalists, most of whom are full-time employees.

“Until this past year, I think we’ve been a little bit of a sleeper in hospital medicine,” says Stacy Goldsholl, MD, president. “That’s all changing now, as we’re aggressively pursuing the number-one place in the market. But we’ve grown as a silent presence through our relational reputations—basically, through word of mouth in the emergency departments. We have more than 400 contracts [in emergency medicine].”

The company continues to add hospital medicine programs through several methods. “We set up new programs from scratch, we restructure existing programs, we acquire large hospital medicine groups,” says Dr. Goldsholl, “and we apply things that work in one model to other models.”

Growth Trends

One feature these organizations have in common: explosive growth. The corporations are acquiring, starting, or partnering with a steady stream of hospital medicine programs.

“We’ve more than doubled in the last year,” says Dr. Goldsholl. “Our pipeline for hospital medicine groups is just exploding. We’re trying to manage the growth we have as well as what’s coming. We hope to double again in the next two years.”

Within that increase in programs comes another growth trend: hospital clients are asking their hospital medicine groups to take on more responsibility. “Our role in the hospital setting is definitely expanding,” says Dr. Goldsholl. “And the hospitalist’s role is only going to increase. We’ll see more hospital-based intensivists, surgicalists, and laborists [OB/GYN physicians]—there’s tremendous growth coming.”

Dr. Reynolds agrees. “In 1997, we basically provided medical care for acute care patients,” he explains. “Now we’re providing care for surgical care patients. We do pre-op eval[uation]s and perioperative management. We’ve also seen more demand for rapid response management, and we’re being asked to do pre-op eval[uation]s for outpatient surgeries.”

More hospitals are proactively seeking out these market leaders to explore adding a new hospital medicine program. “We’re getting calls from smaller and smaller hospitals,” says Dr. Reynolds. “Even the smallest hospitals want to implement a hospital medicine program, and it’s difficult to provide 24-hour coverage and have it make sense financially. But the trend is promising: Every hospital wants this type of service.”

 

 

Will these big players gobble up independent programs? That depends on how those programs are doing. “I haven’t heard of any programs being replaced if they’re doing all the right things and their costs are in line,” according to Dr. Atchley. “What you’re seeing is national companies either starting programs or salvaging programs that have failed.”

Industry Trends

Managing a large number of hospital medicine programs provides these companies with a clearer view of what’s happening in the specialty as it grows and changes. One trend that they’re seeing is a sort of second phase, where hospitals that brought in hospitalists several years ago now seek to improve their programs.

“In the past year, we’ve seen [hospitals express] more need, more interest in a hospital medicine management company coming in and restructuring a struggling program or a failed program,” says Dr. Goldsholl.

EmCare observes the same trend. “Hospitals are a lot savvier than they were five or 10 years ago about the setup of a hospital medicine program,” says Dr. Wagner. “Some [hospital administrators] may be on their second or third program, and they know what they want. They ask about recruitment success, retention rates, your data gathering and reporting tools, and what you do specifically to support your physicians in terms of leadership, quality, and satisfaction.”

These expectations are not simply discussed; they become part of the contractual agreement. “Hospitals also want service deliverables written in the contract,” adds Dr. Wagner, “including physician performance in terms of patient satisfaction, primary care physician satisfaction, JCAHO core measures, and medical staff participation.”

Why Big May Be Better

A large group with an established infrastructure that includes standards for quality checks, patient satisfaction, and so on is appealing to hospitals. “Because of economies of scale, we can offer state-of-the-art technologies, billing and collection, and infrastructure,” says Dr. Singer. “We also have the ability to recruit physicians. Small groups cannot compete with that.”

Another attractive feature is the history that these groups have in a relatively new field. “We have a track record of setting up successful programs,” points out Dr. Reynolds. ”We’ve already learned from our mistakes.”

Working for a national corporation has its benefits, including opportunities for education and advancement and an infrastructure support that can take some of the workload off a hospitalist’s shoulders. Dr. Greeno points out that Cogent handles administrative work for the physicians, freeing up their time for patients.

“One guy said, ‘I like working here because it’s the best opportunity to practice pure medicine,’ ” he says. “Our physicians are not case managers; they’re not schedulers.”

And working as part of a large group provides a built-in network of colleagues. “There’s connectivity for the individual hospitalist, as well as the medical director, to learn from other hospitalists all over the country,” says Dr. Goldsholl.

Dr. Wagner names compliance as one of EmCare’s top benefits. “We code physician notes professionally, and the result is we have greater than 95% compliance with Medicare. That’s something a national company can bring to the table.”

Some say that a large organization may be more attractive to job candidates. “Our size demonstrates stability to candidates,” says Dr. Williams. “Recruiting is a 100%-a-year job, and this helps.”

He points out that a larger program can appeal to the hospitalists within it: “Another advantage to our size is that we can draw from a pool of physicians to help out if necessary.”

Of course, physicians who work for larger companies may enjoy a larger compensation package, which can benefit the entire specialty. “In my experience, when [large companies] have come into my area, their salary structure is higher,” says Dr. Atchley. “The result is that other groups in the region have to change their salaries to be more competitive.”

 

 

The Upside to Independents

One factor that helps hospitals decide between bringing in a national company and using an independent local group is the cost.

“[Local programs] may not be as expensive as the large groups,” says Dr. Atchley. “When my hospital sent out an RFP [request for proposal], we saw that some of our costs were much less than what a national company” has to charge.

One major concern individual hospitalists and smaller groups may have regarding employment in a national corporation is loss of autonomy. Would they be expected to follow rigid rules and regulations set forth by a distant corporation office? The leaders in those offices say no, absolutely not.

“We actually manage down to a small practice,” says Dr. Singer. “Concerns are that there will be a loss of autonomy; that’s not true.”

Regardless of which type of hospital medicine program one prefers, having options is good for both the hospital and the physician. “Competition is good,” maintains Dr. Atchley. “When these companies come in, they’ll definitely provide superior infrastructure and can track outcomes. Homegrown hospital medicine programs should use the same approach.”

A Glimpse of the Future

Will all hospitalists eventually work for a behemoth corporation? Not a chance, say the CEOs and CMOs of the current hospital medicine company leaders. “There are lessons to be learned from the emergency department,” says Dr. Wagner. “Large companies don’t have the majority of ED contracts. There’s only so much [large companies] can manage before it starts to get picked off by smaller, younger practices that are more nimble and quick to respond.

“All the big players won’t be dominant from a market-share point of view,” he adds. “But what they will do is set expectations for good hospital medicine practices.”

However, the employment model for hospitalists will continue to change. “We’re going to see existing [large] companies increase their regional presence,” predicts Dr. Reynolds. “The hospital-owned model will fade away. Physicians make lousy hospital employees—they just don’t fit into the hospital’s view of an employee.”

Dr. Atchley agrees with this point: “We’ll probably see fewer and fewer programs where the physician is employed by the hospital. That’s pretty much what the SHM surveys are showing.”

And when will the booming market for hospitalists start to slow? “I see [the market] growing well beyond my crystal ball,” says Dr. Singer. “I see a soon-to-be emerging trend of hospitals wanting hospitalists rather than internists. More groups are going to step up and add that—make an internist into a subspecialist. It’s a new way of thinking.”

Even without a crystal ball, leaders in hospital medicine forecast that the field will continue to grow and that hospitalists will become better trained, credentialed, and accepted as a specialty—regardless of what type of organization they work for. TH

Jane Jerrard writes “Career Development” and “Public Policy” for The Hospitalist.

View from the Hospital Floor

The co-founders, CEOs, and chairs of the nation’s largest hospital medicine providers have shared their thoughts and perspectives. But what is it actually like to work for one of these companies? Below, an employee-hospitalist who previously worked for an independent practice shares his ground-level perspective.

Christopher Frost, MD, is regional medical director of TeamHealth MidSouth in Oak Ridge, Tenn. Before joining TeamHealth six years ago, Dr. Frost was chief resident and worked for a hematology/oncology group as a hospitalist. He was promoted to regional medical director three-and-a-half years ago.

More Time for Clinical Work

Asked about the differences in working for a large corporation, Dr. Frost immediately mentions assistance with recruiting efforts. “When the individual physician is tasked with recruiting, it can detract from his or her clinical work,” he points out. “TeamHealth has a fantastic recruiting team that allows the clinician to practice medicine while the recruiter finds the ‘right fit’ for the open position.”

In addition to saving valuable time for physician leaders, having a central office that handles recruitment has an important benefit. “TeamHealth’s physician turnover is less than half the national average,” says Dr. Frost. “I think this is a testament to their ability to match the right person to the right job.”

Dr. Frost also appreciates what he calls “the depth of resources” that TeamHealth provides, saying that this “allows physicians to exclusively concentrate on providing excellent patient care.”

These resources include physician education—quality care education as well as education on coding and billing. “TeamHealth proactively educates their physicians about all that is ‘sacred’ to hospital medicine,” explains Dr. Frost. “The nice thing is that TeamHealth and corporations take care of this. You don’t have to reinvent the wheel; you can focus on using these [resources] to provide quality patient care.”

He is impressed with the in-house education opportunities for physicians and for the group’s leaders. “[TeamHealth] offer[s] educational opportunities through outside resources, such as the SHM Leadership Academy, as well as internal resources from our own TeamHealth Institute,” says Dr. Frost. “They also have multiple listservs available to facilitate dynamic discussions and sharing of best practices.”

TeamHealth works with partner companies to customize or use technology for their physicians such as charge-capture software and listservs to use for clinical and leadership discussions. “We’re even in the process of setting up our own benchmark metrics,” says Dr. Frost.

Another strength of TeamHealth, says Dr. Frost, is its leadership. “Their reputation allows them to recruit industry leaders like Stacy Goldsholl,” he says—and so the growing organization continues to build on its advantage.

The result of having these resources provided by a corporate headquarters, says Dr. Frost, is that “it allows physicians not to see more patients, necessarily, but to see patients in a more confident, timely fashion.”

Corporate Versus Independent

Dr. Frost knows that smaller, independent hospital medicine groups treasure their autonomy. “With large groups, there’s a fear of losing that autonomy as the corporation takes over,” he says. “But TeamHealth recognizes that each group has its own needs and culture.”

He explains that every TeamHealth practice and hospital has its own needs and cultures. “We have best practices that we’re willing to share, but we don’t have to,” he says. “We don’t force it. TeamHealth brings best practices to the table; then the client[s] can pick and choose what they need.”

Dr. Frost has carefully considered the differences between working for TeamHealth and being a part of an organization like his former employer, and he believes that the resources his company provides enable him and his hospitalist staff to provide better clinical care, while supporting overall best practices for the specialty.

“Hospital medicine is kind of a “Field of Dreams” phenomenon: If you build it, they will come,” says Dr. Frost. “And [large companies] have taken it from the back yard to the major leagues.”

Of course, Dr. Frost’s views of his employer don’t represent those of the hundreds of other hospitalists who work for major hospital medicine groups. But it’s obvious that he appreciates his company’s support and infrastructure, which allow him to concentrate on his truly important work. And that does sound like the major leagues.—JJ

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Big Kahunas
Display Headline
Big Kahunas
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

An Academic Hurdle

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:38
Display Headline
An Academic Hurdle

As clinicians and educators, academic hospitalists function within several arenas: They are role models and teachers in the inpatient arena, but they also feel pressure from hospital administration to meet throughput and capacity goals. In addition, hospitalist clinician-educators are expected to be leaders in quality improvement.

But are the rewards for academic hospitalists commensurate with the demands placed upon them? Even as hospitalists prove their worth to hospital administrators, many clinician-educators find themselves pulled between time spent on service and time for the academic pursuits necessary to improve resident education and merit faculty promotions.

“In my current situation, there is difficulty in fitting in the prep work time for teaching rounds,” says Elizabeth A. Schultz, MD, who practices with the Adult Hospitalist Team at Swedish Medical Center in Seattle and is also affiliated with the University of Washington School of Medicine. “There’s really no time for that, other than time on my own—and I’m actually in a really good situation right now where my boss has capped the number of patients I see in a day and afforded me the ability to go to conferences, do teaching rounds, and to really focus on resident and medical student education.”

Dr. Schultz is not alone in struggling to balance clinical and educational duties. Many hospital medicine leaders wrestle with these concerns, aware that growing clinical responsibilities impinge on teaching time and that the sustainability of hospital medicine as a career is at stake.

Confront the Dilemma

An October 2006 survey by the University HealthSystem Consortium confirmed that hospitalists have improved the educational process for residents and medical students, but it also identified impediments to the continuation and growth of hospitalist programs. (The Benchmarking Study, “Role of the Hospitalist,” is available online to University HealthSystem Consortium (UHC) members and registered website users at www.uhc.edu.) The most common barrier is the difficulty in attracting and retaining quality candidates, given the ratio of salary to workload, the potential for burnout, and undefined career paths.

“There is a significant amount of demand on one small group of physicians, and we haven’t necessarily found a way to compensate them for the different roles they play,” reflects Alpesh Amin, MD, MBA, FACP, associate program director for the Internal Medicine Residency Program and the medicine clerkship director at the University of California at Irvine (UCI), where he founded the UCI hospitalist program in 1998 and serves as its executive director. “These three arenas that hospitalists have to constantly keep moving in are not always complementary. How do you spend more time facilitating the teaching mission versus time facilitating the throughput mission or the expanding clinical mission?”

Meeting goals for academic appointments adds yet another layer of role conflict, he notes.

Sylvia Cheney McKean, MD, FACP, medical director of the Brigham and Women’s Hospital/Faulkner Hospitalist Service in Boston and chair of SHM’s Career Satisfaction Task Force, also acknowledges the tensions between clinical duties and academic pursuits. “If you have 20 patients to see and discharge and yet you also have a grant to write, guess what’s not going to get done?”

To be fair, academic hospitalists experience their situations in different ways. Kathleen Bradford, MD, the inpatient director of the University of North Carolina (UNC) Children’s Hospital, director of the Pediatric Hospitalist Program, and assistant residency director for the Division of General Pediatrics at UNC in Chapel Hill, N.C., has not experienced a huge conflict between her teaching and clinical duties, but she has noticed that there are fewer opportunities for teaching, given the increased clinical demands on physicians and the decreased availability of residents.

 

 

“I’ve always felt that medicine—and especially medical teaching—is like an apprenticeship,” she explains. “There are many, many opportunities to teach while doing in an apprenticeship-like fashion. The demands of taking care of patients and [reduced] resident work hours have certainly decreased the ability to do more formal and didactic or classroom-type teaching. However, the opportunities for spontaneous or ‘teach as you go’ education still exist.”

Solutions to the Time Crunch

Dr. Schultz, a member of the Swedish Medical Center’s teaching service who leads a teaching team every month, admits she has no answers to the time crunch academic hospitalists experience. “There just isn’t enough manpower,” she says. “The hospital doesn’t get paid for people to teach, and to pay people to have dedicated time to pursue academic research or prepare lectures just isn’t feasible for most hospitals, as they are already struggling to make ends meet.”

Many hospitals employ both non-teaching and teaching services to ensure night and weekend coverage. But this can create other dilemmas for the academic hospitalist. For instance, Dr. Schultz says her teaching service gets the more complicated and critically ill patients who require more of her time, thus squeezing out, again, the opportunity to prepare lecture notes or conduct research.

At UNC Children’s Hospital, the pediatric hospitalist program is in its infancy, having launched in fall 2006, and the new service is mostly a non-teaching service. Dr. Bradford reports that the teaching and the hospitalist service are assigning patients on a case-by-case basis. “There is [teaching] value in all patients and all cases,” says Dr. Bradford, “but it’s really hard to say which ones have the most value: Should it be the patient who has a short stay with a common illness or a patient who has been chronically ill and in the hospital for 100 days? It’s hard to know.”

At Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Dr. McKean reports the hospitalist group did not want to institute a two-tiered [teaching and non-teaching] hospitalist program, so one of their hospitalists, Chris Roy, MD, created a Physician Assistant Clinician Educator (PACE) service, with a hospitalist supervising two PAs during daytime hours; it’s supplemented by moonlighters at night. Members of this service have teaching responsibilities and are involved in curriculum development for physician assistants and students. Additional research is needed to examine outcomes of educational efforts directed toward the multidisciplinary team in the core competency areas elaborated by the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education, explains Dr. McKean.

Proactive Strategies

Whatever strategies are used to address case workloads, effecting real change for academic hospitalists—ensuring protected time as well as rewards for educational and research pursuits—will require clear-sighted planning from hospitalist leaders. “The bottom line is to proactively manage the program’s direction and growth,” asserts Dr. McKean. “Instead of being everybody’s Band-Aid and being everything to everybody, it’s important to have a strategic plan. You can’t necessarily plan for five years, but you can plan for three, and you could do things in a step-wise manner to increase the academic and research presence.”

This is precisely where SHM’s emphasis on networking and mentoring can come in, believes SHM’s Education Committee Chair Preetha Basaviah, MD, clinical associate professor of medicine and associate course director, Practice of Medicine, at Stanford University School of Medicine, California. SHM has led many initiatives, such as the publication of the Core Competencies and the creation of Web-based quality improvement resource rooms, which help provide curriculum support.

“What we’ve done as an education committee is to help provide some of the resources, support, and advocacy that our members need so that they can go back to their programs and say, ‘These are the national standards and resources provided by an organization that advocates for us.’ ” says Dr. Basaviah.

 

 

Creating a network of hospitalists, both regionally and nationally, provides opportunities to gain protected time for research pursuits and recognition from one’s peers, Dr. Basaviah continues. “I think what we’ve done for clinician educators is to promote thinking proactively about your short-term and long-term career goals, including developing an area of expertise, before you take on commitments,” she says.

Input with Curricular Design

Dr. Amin’s role in education at his institution informed his active participation in SHM’s Education Committee, which he chaired for four years, and his role on the Core Competencies Task Force. He believes it is through such initiatives that hospitalists can become leaders in their institutions, participating in curriculum development as well as quality and performance improvement efforts.

“I don’t view myself as just working for the hospital or … for the School [of Medicine]. I view myself as working for the enterprise,” he says. As a result his hospitalist group has taken the lead in designing various residency inpatient curricula. “If you do it right, you could actually design curricula to educate residents about heart failure—teaching them about the pathophysiology and disease management—but then also teach them about core measures, outcomes, and systems-based practice in heart failure,” he says. “When all that comes together, I think you’re making some progress.”

Jeffrey G. Wiese, MD, vice chairman and director of the Internal Medicine Residency Program at Tulane University, New Orleans, is the leader of the SHM Task Force for Integrating Core Competencies into Residency Education. He points to the SHM Academic Task Force’s idea of developing an EVU, or educational value unit, that would define and compensate for amounts of time invested in educational pursuits. He would also like to see SHM take a role in developing standards and recommendations for promotion criteria. These are tools that academic hospitalists could use to “make their case” to medical schools’ residency programs about the value they offer to the institution.

Dr. Wiese is excited about train-the-trainer pre-courses now being designed for SHM’s 2008 annual meeting. These courses, he says, will train academic hospitalists to teach issues that are not only important to residency programs but “right up the alley of the hospitalist: namely, systems of care and practice-based learning.” In this way, he explains, academic hospitalists could have an “exponential effect” on furthering the profession.

Recruitment and Retention

Daniel D. Dressler, MD, MSc, director of hospital medicine at Emory University Hospital and assistant professor of medicine at Emory University School of Medicine in Atlanta, is “significantly concerned” about attracting academic hospitalists. The 60+ hospitalists in his group staff five community hospitals (two of which have teaching services) in addition to the system’s tertiary care center. At that hospital, he says, patient acuity is appreciably higher, which means hospitalists must spend more time caring for patients and relating to their family members—time that does not translate into more billable relative value units (RVUs). This type of work environment is definitely “a difficult sell” to potential new hires, he notes. “There is … a balance between patient care and teaching in an academic environment, and maintaining that ‘right balance’ is always a challenge.”

System changes to reward educational prep time, such as the EVU Dr. Wiese mentioned, may be one solution to achieving a patient care/teaching time balance, agrees Dr. Dressler. “I think it’s an excellent idea to have some sort of measure that you can utilize to help reward physicians for putting an emphasis on education—actually promoting and executing educational efforts,” he says. Emory’s program is piloting a mechanism that would objectively measure clinicians’ self-identified efforts to set educational standards. Rewards (e.g., financial recognition or awards for “best teacher” and so on) could be built into the effort, he says.

 

 

Hospitalists face an uphill battle to secure funding for research, admits Dr. Wiese: “There is not the same level of NIH [National Institutes of Health] funding for quality improvement that there is for basic science research. And the QI funding that is available does not bring the same salary coverage that the basic science researchers are bringing to the department.”

Hospitalists need to be creative in defining their research agenda and funding streams. Dr. Basaviah says that if hospital medicine leaders emphasize the value of their systems-based quality improvement efforts, they may be able to secure funding for QI research efforts from “the hospital/medical center administration, Department of Medicine, QI group/division, or from residency programs, depending on where their efforts are going to be the most closely aligned.”

Avert Burnout

Tapping into SHM’s resources can foster community and allow younger hospitalists a method for charting a career path. Dr. McKean’s Career Satisfaction Task Force will soon release a white paper relating to the four pillars of career satisfaction: control/autonomy, reward/recognition, workload/schedule, and community environment. Questionnaires for individual hospitalists and physician leaders will help both groups identify the best job for an individual or the most appropriate person for a position. Included in the group’s analysis of career sustainability and satisfaction are organizational, system, professional development, and marketing-relationship strategies to help hospitalists assess job satisfaction. It is the task force’s hope that the document can be a useful tool in interactions with hospital administrators as well, to demonstrate the elements necessary for staff satisfaction and retention.

“A surgeon would never operate without a multidisciplinary team in the operating room,” says Dr. McKean. “And yet, because they’ve done order entry, they’ve done resident-level duties, hospitalists across the country are expected to step up without any resources to meet service demands relating to a shortage of residents and high census conditions. Performing residency-level duties not only undermines job satisfaction but also [affects] how efficiently hospitalists can care for a large number of patients. Hospitalists need to be given the tools to be efficient and improve the quality of care in the hospital.”

Fulfillment of Teaching

When asked what keeps him in academics despite lower remuneration rates, Dr. Wiese expresses the same sentiment as his colleagues: “It’s all about fulfillment. I like interacting with people and seeing them get better. If you train residents in the right way and then train them to train others, then suddenly your affect in improving quality of care and education has an exponential effect around the country.”

Dr. Dressler agrees. “Obviously, not everyone wants to do academic medicine, and you must have some interest in teaching and training others,” he says. But more important than financial remuneration, he notes, is “overall job satisfaction and being happy with the people you work with, as well as the patients you’re taking care of and the teaching that you’re doing.” That’s why hospitalists and faculty should work toward building recognition into the system. Hospitalist leaders can advocate for the mechanisms necessary, “to make sure that physicians also have time to have a life, to relax, and to enjoy their profession,” says Dr. Dressler.

“When I hire hospitalists, my goal is to hire people interested not only in good quality, efficient inpatient care but also in teaching,” said Dr. Amin. “I will easily tell them that they can probably make more money and have a better lifestyle working as a community hospitalist if they don’t want to deal with this other mission [of teaching].”

“I think if we view our work as just a job rather than as a career or profession that can be fulfilling, we may be led to paths of potential burnout,” said Dr. Basaviah. “Many of us view the healthcare profession with a notion of service and a vision for a satisfying career. I think that it’s important for all of us to facilitate the ability of our colleagues to thrive in these careers.” TH

 

 

Gretchen Henkel has written for The Hospitalist since 2005.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Sections

As clinicians and educators, academic hospitalists function within several arenas: They are role models and teachers in the inpatient arena, but they also feel pressure from hospital administration to meet throughput and capacity goals. In addition, hospitalist clinician-educators are expected to be leaders in quality improvement.

But are the rewards for academic hospitalists commensurate with the demands placed upon them? Even as hospitalists prove their worth to hospital administrators, many clinician-educators find themselves pulled between time spent on service and time for the academic pursuits necessary to improve resident education and merit faculty promotions.

“In my current situation, there is difficulty in fitting in the prep work time for teaching rounds,” says Elizabeth A. Schultz, MD, who practices with the Adult Hospitalist Team at Swedish Medical Center in Seattle and is also affiliated with the University of Washington School of Medicine. “There’s really no time for that, other than time on my own—and I’m actually in a really good situation right now where my boss has capped the number of patients I see in a day and afforded me the ability to go to conferences, do teaching rounds, and to really focus on resident and medical student education.”

Dr. Schultz is not alone in struggling to balance clinical and educational duties. Many hospital medicine leaders wrestle with these concerns, aware that growing clinical responsibilities impinge on teaching time and that the sustainability of hospital medicine as a career is at stake.

Confront the Dilemma

An October 2006 survey by the University HealthSystem Consortium confirmed that hospitalists have improved the educational process for residents and medical students, but it also identified impediments to the continuation and growth of hospitalist programs. (The Benchmarking Study, “Role of the Hospitalist,” is available online to University HealthSystem Consortium (UHC) members and registered website users at www.uhc.edu.) The most common barrier is the difficulty in attracting and retaining quality candidates, given the ratio of salary to workload, the potential for burnout, and undefined career paths.

“There is a significant amount of demand on one small group of physicians, and we haven’t necessarily found a way to compensate them for the different roles they play,” reflects Alpesh Amin, MD, MBA, FACP, associate program director for the Internal Medicine Residency Program and the medicine clerkship director at the University of California at Irvine (UCI), where he founded the UCI hospitalist program in 1998 and serves as its executive director. “These three arenas that hospitalists have to constantly keep moving in are not always complementary. How do you spend more time facilitating the teaching mission versus time facilitating the throughput mission or the expanding clinical mission?”

Meeting goals for academic appointments adds yet another layer of role conflict, he notes.

Sylvia Cheney McKean, MD, FACP, medical director of the Brigham and Women’s Hospital/Faulkner Hospitalist Service in Boston and chair of SHM’s Career Satisfaction Task Force, also acknowledges the tensions between clinical duties and academic pursuits. “If you have 20 patients to see and discharge and yet you also have a grant to write, guess what’s not going to get done?”

To be fair, academic hospitalists experience their situations in different ways. Kathleen Bradford, MD, the inpatient director of the University of North Carolina (UNC) Children’s Hospital, director of the Pediatric Hospitalist Program, and assistant residency director for the Division of General Pediatrics at UNC in Chapel Hill, N.C., has not experienced a huge conflict between her teaching and clinical duties, but she has noticed that there are fewer opportunities for teaching, given the increased clinical demands on physicians and the decreased availability of residents.

 

 

“I’ve always felt that medicine—and especially medical teaching—is like an apprenticeship,” she explains. “There are many, many opportunities to teach while doing in an apprenticeship-like fashion. The demands of taking care of patients and [reduced] resident work hours have certainly decreased the ability to do more formal and didactic or classroom-type teaching. However, the opportunities for spontaneous or ‘teach as you go’ education still exist.”

Solutions to the Time Crunch

Dr. Schultz, a member of the Swedish Medical Center’s teaching service who leads a teaching team every month, admits she has no answers to the time crunch academic hospitalists experience. “There just isn’t enough manpower,” she says. “The hospital doesn’t get paid for people to teach, and to pay people to have dedicated time to pursue academic research or prepare lectures just isn’t feasible for most hospitals, as they are already struggling to make ends meet.”

Many hospitals employ both non-teaching and teaching services to ensure night and weekend coverage. But this can create other dilemmas for the academic hospitalist. For instance, Dr. Schultz says her teaching service gets the more complicated and critically ill patients who require more of her time, thus squeezing out, again, the opportunity to prepare lecture notes or conduct research.

At UNC Children’s Hospital, the pediatric hospitalist program is in its infancy, having launched in fall 2006, and the new service is mostly a non-teaching service. Dr. Bradford reports that the teaching and the hospitalist service are assigning patients on a case-by-case basis. “There is [teaching] value in all patients and all cases,” says Dr. Bradford, “but it’s really hard to say which ones have the most value: Should it be the patient who has a short stay with a common illness or a patient who has been chronically ill and in the hospital for 100 days? It’s hard to know.”

At Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Dr. McKean reports the hospitalist group did not want to institute a two-tiered [teaching and non-teaching] hospitalist program, so one of their hospitalists, Chris Roy, MD, created a Physician Assistant Clinician Educator (PACE) service, with a hospitalist supervising two PAs during daytime hours; it’s supplemented by moonlighters at night. Members of this service have teaching responsibilities and are involved in curriculum development for physician assistants and students. Additional research is needed to examine outcomes of educational efforts directed toward the multidisciplinary team in the core competency areas elaborated by the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education, explains Dr. McKean.

Proactive Strategies

Whatever strategies are used to address case workloads, effecting real change for academic hospitalists—ensuring protected time as well as rewards for educational and research pursuits—will require clear-sighted planning from hospitalist leaders. “The bottom line is to proactively manage the program’s direction and growth,” asserts Dr. McKean. “Instead of being everybody’s Band-Aid and being everything to everybody, it’s important to have a strategic plan. You can’t necessarily plan for five years, but you can plan for three, and you could do things in a step-wise manner to increase the academic and research presence.”

This is precisely where SHM’s emphasis on networking and mentoring can come in, believes SHM’s Education Committee Chair Preetha Basaviah, MD, clinical associate professor of medicine and associate course director, Practice of Medicine, at Stanford University School of Medicine, California. SHM has led many initiatives, such as the publication of the Core Competencies and the creation of Web-based quality improvement resource rooms, which help provide curriculum support.

“What we’ve done as an education committee is to help provide some of the resources, support, and advocacy that our members need so that they can go back to their programs and say, ‘These are the national standards and resources provided by an organization that advocates for us.’ ” says Dr. Basaviah.

 

 

Creating a network of hospitalists, both regionally and nationally, provides opportunities to gain protected time for research pursuits and recognition from one’s peers, Dr. Basaviah continues. “I think what we’ve done for clinician educators is to promote thinking proactively about your short-term and long-term career goals, including developing an area of expertise, before you take on commitments,” she says.

Input with Curricular Design

Dr. Amin’s role in education at his institution informed his active participation in SHM’s Education Committee, which he chaired for four years, and his role on the Core Competencies Task Force. He believes it is through such initiatives that hospitalists can become leaders in their institutions, participating in curriculum development as well as quality and performance improvement efforts.

“I don’t view myself as just working for the hospital or … for the School [of Medicine]. I view myself as working for the enterprise,” he says. As a result his hospitalist group has taken the lead in designing various residency inpatient curricula. “If you do it right, you could actually design curricula to educate residents about heart failure—teaching them about the pathophysiology and disease management—but then also teach them about core measures, outcomes, and systems-based practice in heart failure,” he says. “When all that comes together, I think you’re making some progress.”

Jeffrey G. Wiese, MD, vice chairman and director of the Internal Medicine Residency Program at Tulane University, New Orleans, is the leader of the SHM Task Force for Integrating Core Competencies into Residency Education. He points to the SHM Academic Task Force’s idea of developing an EVU, or educational value unit, that would define and compensate for amounts of time invested in educational pursuits. He would also like to see SHM take a role in developing standards and recommendations for promotion criteria. These are tools that academic hospitalists could use to “make their case” to medical schools’ residency programs about the value they offer to the institution.

Dr. Wiese is excited about train-the-trainer pre-courses now being designed for SHM’s 2008 annual meeting. These courses, he says, will train academic hospitalists to teach issues that are not only important to residency programs but “right up the alley of the hospitalist: namely, systems of care and practice-based learning.” In this way, he explains, academic hospitalists could have an “exponential effect” on furthering the profession.

Recruitment and Retention

Daniel D. Dressler, MD, MSc, director of hospital medicine at Emory University Hospital and assistant professor of medicine at Emory University School of Medicine in Atlanta, is “significantly concerned” about attracting academic hospitalists. The 60+ hospitalists in his group staff five community hospitals (two of which have teaching services) in addition to the system’s tertiary care center. At that hospital, he says, patient acuity is appreciably higher, which means hospitalists must spend more time caring for patients and relating to their family members—time that does not translate into more billable relative value units (RVUs). This type of work environment is definitely “a difficult sell” to potential new hires, he notes. “There is … a balance between patient care and teaching in an academic environment, and maintaining that ‘right balance’ is always a challenge.”

System changes to reward educational prep time, such as the EVU Dr. Wiese mentioned, may be one solution to achieving a patient care/teaching time balance, agrees Dr. Dressler. “I think it’s an excellent idea to have some sort of measure that you can utilize to help reward physicians for putting an emphasis on education—actually promoting and executing educational efforts,” he says. Emory’s program is piloting a mechanism that would objectively measure clinicians’ self-identified efforts to set educational standards. Rewards (e.g., financial recognition or awards for “best teacher” and so on) could be built into the effort, he says.

 

 

Hospitalists face an uphill battle to secure funding for research, admits Dr. Wiese: “There is not the same level of NIH [National Institutes of Health] funding for quality improvement that there is for basic science research. And the QI funding that is available does not bring the same salary coverage that the basic science researchers are bringing to the department.”

Hospitalists need to be creative in defining their research agenda and funding streams. Dr. Basaviah says that if hospital medicine leaders emphasize the value of their systems-based quality improvement efforts, they may be able to secure funding for QI research efforts from “the hospital/medical center administration, Department of Medicine, QI group/division, or from residency programs, depending on where their efforts are going to be the most closely aligned.”

Avert Burnout

Tapping into SHM’s resources can foster community and allow younger hospitalists a method for charting a career path. Dr. McKean’s Career Satisfaction Task Force will soon release a white paper relating to the four pillars of career satisfaction: control/autonomy, reward/recognition, workload/schedule, and community environment. Questionnaires for individual hospitalists and physician leaders will help both groups identify the best job for an individual or the most appropriate person for a position. Included in the group’s analysis of career sustainability and satisfaction are organizational, system, professional development, and marketing-relationship strategies to help hospitalists assess job satisfaction. It is the task force’s hope that the document can be a useful tool in interactions with hospital administrators as well, to demonstrate the elements necessary for staff satisfaction and retention.

“A surgeon would never operate without a multidisciplinary team in the operating room,” says Dr. McKean. “And yet, because they’ve done order entry, they’ve done resident-level duties, hospitalists across the country are expected to step up without any resources to meet service demands relating to a shortage of residents and high census conditions. Performing residency-level duties not only undermines job satisfaction but also [affects] how efficiently hospitalists can care for a large number of patients. Hospitalists need to be given the tools to be efficient and improve the quality of care in the hospital.”

Fulfillment of Teaching

When asked what keeps him in academics despite lower remuneration rates, Dr. Wiese expresses the same sentiment as his colleagues: “It’s all about fulfillment. I like interacting with people and seeing them get better. If you train residents in the right way and then train them to train others, then suddenly your affect in improving quality of care and education has an exponential effect around the country.”

Dr. Dressler agrees. “Obviously, not everyone wants to do academic medicine, and you must have some interest in teaching and training others,” he says. But more important than financial remuneration, he notes, is “overall job satisfaction and being happy with the people you work with, as well as the patients you’re taking care of and the teaching that you’re doing.” That’s why hospitalists and faculty should work toward building recognition into the system. Hospitalist leaders can advocate for the mechanisms necessary, “to make sure that physicians also have time to have a life, to relax, and to enjoy their profession,” says Dr. Dressler.

“When I hire hospitalists, my goal is to hire people interested not only in good quality, efficient inpatient care but also in teaching,” said Dr. Amin. “I will easily tell them that they can probably make more money and have a better lifestyle working as a community hospitalist if they don’t want to deal with this other mission [of teaching].”

“I think if we view our work as just a job rather than as a career or profession that can be fulfilling, we may be led to paths of potential burnout,” said Dr. Basaviah. “Many of us view the healthcare profession with a notion of service and a vision for a satisfying career. I think that it’s important for all of us to facilitate the ability of our colleagues to thrive in these careers.” TH

 

 

Gretchen Henkel has written for The Hospitalist since 2005.

As clinicians and educators, academic hospitalists function within several arenas: They are role models and teachers in the inpatient arena, but they also feel pressure from hospital administration to meet throughput and capacity goals. In addition, hospitalist clinician-educators are expected to be leaders in quality improvement.

But are the rewards for academic hospitalists commensurate with the demands placed upon them? Even as hospitalists prove their worth to hospital administrators, many clinician-educators find themselves pulled between time spent on service and time for the academic pursuits necessary to improve resident education and merit faculty promotions.

“In my current situation, there is difficulty in fitting in the prep work time for teaching rounds,” says Elizabeth A. Schultz, MD, who practices with the Adult Hospitalist Team at Swedish Medical Center in Seattle and is also affiliated with the University of Washington School of Medicine. “There’s really no time for that, other than time on my own—and I’m actually in a really good situation right now where my boss has capped the number of patients I see in a day and afforded me the ability to go to conferences, do teaching rounds, and to really focus on resident and medical student education.”

Dr. Schultz is not alone in struggling to balance clinical and educational duties. Many hospital medicine leaders wrestle with these concerns, aware that growing clinical responsibilities impinge on teaching time and that the sustainability of hospital medicine as a career is at stake.

Confront the Dilemma

An October 2006 survey by the University HealthSystem Consortium confirmed that hospitalists have improved the educational process for residents and medical students, but it also identified impediments to the continuation and growth of hospitalist programs. (The Benchmarking Study, “Role of the Hospitalist,” is available online to University HealthSystem Consortium (UHC) members and registered website users at www.uhc.edu.) The most common barrier is the difficulty in attracting and retaining quality candidates, given the ratio of salary to workload, the potential for burnout, and undefined career paths.

“There is a significant amount of demand on one small group of physicians, and we haven’t necessarily found a way to compensate them for the different roles they play,” reflects Alpesh Amin, MD, MBA, FACP, associate program director for the Internal Medicine Residency Program and the medicine clerkship director at the University of California at Irvine (UCI), where he founded the UCI hospitalist program in 1998 and serves as its executive director. “These three arenas that hospitalists have to constantly keep moving in are not always complementary. How do you spend more time facilitating the teaching mission versus time facilitating the throughput mission or the expanding clinical mission?”

Meeting goals for academic appointments adds yet another layer of role conflict, he notes.

Sylvia Cheney McKean, MD, FACP, medical director of the Brigham and Women’s Hospital/Faulkner Hospitalist Service in Boston and chair of SHM’s Career Satisfaction Task Force, also acknowledges the tensions between clinical duties and academic pursuits. “If you have 20 patients to see and discharge and yet you also have a grant to write, guess what’s not going to get done?”

To be fair, academic hospitalists experience their situations in different ways. Kathleen Bradford, MD, the inpatient director of the University of North Carolina (UNC) Children’s Hospital, director of the Pediatric Hospitalist Program, and assistant residency director for the Division of General Pediatrics at UNC in Chapel Hill, N.C., has not experienced a huge conflict between her teaching and clinical duties, but she has noticed that there are fewer opportunities for teaching, given the increased clinical demands on physicians and the decreased availability of residents.

 

 

“I’ve always felt that medicine—and especially medical teaching—is like an apprenticeship,” she explains. “There are many, many opportunities to teach while doing in an apprenticeship-like fashion. The demands of taking care of patients and [reduced] resident work hours have certainly decreased the ability to do more formal and didactic or classroom-type teaching. However, the opportunities for spontaneous or ‘teach as you go’ education still exist.”

Solutions to the Time Crunch

Dr. Schultz, a member of the Swedish Medical Center’s teaching service who leads a teaching team every month, admits she has no answers to the time crunch academic hospitalists experience. “There just isn’t enough manpower,” she says. “The hospital doesn’t get paid for people to teach, and to pay people to have dedicated time to pursue academic research or prepare lectures just isn’t feasible for most hospitals, as they are already struggling to make ends meet.”

Many hospitals employ both non-teaching and teaching services to ensure night and weekend coverage. But this can create other dilemmas for the academic hospitalist. For instance, Dr. Schultz says her teaching service gets the more complicated and critically ill patients who require more of her time, thus squeezing out, again, the opportunity to prepare lecture notes or conduct research.

At UNC Children’s Hospital, the pediatric hospitalist program is in its infancy, having launched in fall 2006, and the new service is mostly a non-teaching service. Dr. Bradford reports that the teaching and the hospitalist service are assigning patients on a case-by-case basis. “There is [teaching] value in all patients and all cases,” says Dr. Bradford, “but it’s really hard to say which ones have the most value: Should it be the patient who has a short stay with a common illness or a patient who has been chronically ill and in the hospital for 100 days? It’s hard to know.”

At Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Dr. McKean reports the hospitalist group did not want to institute a two-tiered [teaching and non-teaching] hospitalist program, so one of their hospitalists, Chris Roy, MD, created a Physician Assistant Clinician Educator (PACE) service, with a hospitalist supervising two PAs during daytime hours; it’s supplemented by moonlighters at night. Members of this service have teaching responsibilities and are involved in curriculum development for physician assistants and students. Additional research is needed to examine outcomes of educational efforts directed toward the multidisciplinary team in the core competency areas elaborated by the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education, explains Dr. McKean.

Proactive Strategies

Whatever strategies are used to address case workloads, effecting real change for academic hospitalists—ensuring protected time as well as rewards for educational and research pursuits—will require clear-sighted planning from hospitalist leaders. “The bottom line is to proactively manage the program’s direction and growth,” asserts Dr. McKean. “Instead of being everybody’s Band-Aid and being everything to everybody, it’s important to have a strategic plan. You can’t necessarily plan for five years, but you can plan for three, and you could do things in a step-wise manner to increase the academic and research presence.”

This is precisely where SHM’s emphasis on networking and mentoring can come in, believes SHM’s Education Committee Chair Preetha Basaviah, MD, clinical associate professor of medicine and associate course director, Practice of Medicine, at Stanford University School of Medicine, California. SHM has led many initiatives, such as the publication of the Core Competencies and the creation of Web-based quality improvement resource rooms, which help provide curriculum support.

“What we’ve done as an education committee is to help provide some of the resources, support, and advocacy that our members need so that they can go back to their programs and say, ‘These are the national standards and resources provided by an organization that advocates for us.’ ” says Dr. Basaviah.

 

 

Creating a network of hospitalists, both regionally and nationally, provides opportunities to gain protected time for research pursuits and recognition from one’s peers, Dr. Basaviah continues. “I think what we’ve done for clinician educators is to promote thinking proactively about your short-term and long-term career goals, including developing an area of expertise, before you take on commitments,” she says.

Input with Curricular Design

Dr. Amin’s role in education at his institution informed his active participation in SHM’s Education Committee, which he chaired for four years, and his role on the Core Competencies Task Force. He believes it is through such initiatives that hospitalists can become leaders in their institutions, participating in curriculum development as well as quality and performance improvement efforts.

“I don’t view myself as just working for the hospital or … for the School [of Medicine]. I view myself as working for the enterprise,” he says. As a result his hospitalist group has taken the lead in designing various residency inpatient curricula. “If you do it right, you could actually design curricula to educate residents about heart failure—teaching them about the pathophysiology and disease management—but then also teach them about core measures, outcomes, and systems-based practice in heart failure,” he says. “When all that comes together, I think you’re making some progress.”

Jeffrey G. Wiese, MD, vice chairman and director of the Internal Medicine Residency Program at Tulane University, New Orleans, is the leader of the SHM Task Force for Integrating Core Competencies into Residency Education. He points to the SHM Academic Task Force’s idea of developing an EVU, or educational value unit, that would define and compensate for amounts of time invested in educational pursuits. He would also like to see SHM take a role in developing standards and recommendations for promotion criteria. These are tools that academic hospitalists could use to “make their case” to medical schools’ residency programs about the value they offer to the institution.

Dr. Wiese is excited about train-the-trainer pre-courses now being designed for SHM’s 2008 annual meeting. These courses, he says, will train academic hospitalists to teach issues that are not only important to residency programs but “right up the alley of the hospitalist: namely, systems of care and practice-based learning.” In this way, he explains, academic hospitalists could have an “exponential effect” on furthering the profession.

Recruitment and Retention

Daniel D. Dressler, MD, MSc, director of hospital medicine at Emory University Hospital and assistant professor of medicine at Emory University School of Medicine in Atlanta, is “significantly concerned” about attracting academic hospitalists. The 60+ hospitalists in his group staff five community hospitals (two of which have teaching services) in addition to the system’s tertiary care center. At that hospital, he says, patient acuity is appreciably higher, which means hospitalists must spend more time caring for patients and relating to their family members—time that does not translate into more billable relative value units (RVUs). This type of work environment is definitely “a difficult sell” to potential new hires, he notes. “There is … a balance between patient care and teaching in an academic environment, and maintaining that ‘right balance’ is always a challenge.”

System changes to reward educational prep time, such as the EVU Dr. Wiese mentioned, may be one solution to achieving a patient care/teaching time balance, agrees Dr. Dressler. “I think it’s an excellent idea to have some sort of measure that you can utilize to help reward physicians for putting an emphasis on education—actually promoting and executing educational efforts,” he says. Emory’s program is piloting a mechanism that would objectively measure clinicians’ self-identified efforts to set educational standards. Rewards (e.g., financial recognition or awards for “best teacher” and so on) could be built into the effort, he says.

 

 

Hospitalists face an uphill battle to secure funding for research, admits Dr. Wiese: “There is not the same level of NIH [National Institutes of Health] funding for quality improvement that there is for basic science research. And the QI funding that is available does not bring the same salary coverage that the basic science researchers are bringing to the department.”

Hospitalists need to be creative in defining their research agenda and funding streams. Dr. Basaviah says that if hospital medicine leaders emphasize the value of their systems-based quality improvement efforts, they may be able to secure funding for QI research efforts from “the hospital/medical center administration, Department of Medicine, QI group/division, or from residency programs, depending on where their efforts are going to be the most closely aligned.”

Avert Burnout

Tapping into SHM’s resources can foster community and allow younger hospitalists a method for charting a career path. Dr. McKean’s Career Satisfaction Task Force will soon release a white paper relating to the four pillars of career satisfaction: control/autonomy, reward/recognition, workload/schedule, and community environment. Questionnaires for individual hospitalists and physician leaders will help both groups identify the best job for an individual or the most appropriate person for a position. Included in the group’s analysis of career sustainability and satisfaction are organizational, system, professional development, and marketing-relationship strategies to help hospitalists assess job satisfaction. It is the task force’s hope that the document can be a useful tool in interactions with hospital administrators as well, to demonstrate the elements necessary for staff satisfaction and retention.

“A surgeon would never operate without a multidisciplinary team in the operating room,” says Dr. McKean. “And yet, because they’ve done order entry, they’ve done resident-level duties, hospitalists across the country are expected to step up without any resources to meet service demands relating to a shortage of residents and high census conditions. Performing residency-level duties not only undermines job satisfaction but also [affects] how efficiently hospitalists can care for a large number of patients. Hospitalists need to be given the tools to be efficient and improve the quality of care in the hospital.”

Fulfillment of Teaching

When asked what keeps him in academics despite lower remuneration rates, Dr. Wiese expresses the same sentiment as his colleagues: “It’s all about fulfillment. I like interacting with people and seeing them get better. If you train residents in the right way and then train them to train others, then suddenly your affect in improving quality of care and education has an exponential effect around the country.”

Dr. Dressler agrees. “Obviously, not everyone wants to do academic medicine, and you must have some interest in teaching and training others,” he says. But more important than financial remuneration, he notes, is “overall job satisfaction and being happy with the people you work with, as well as the patients you’re taking care of and the teaching that you’re doing.” That’s why hospitalists and faculty should work toward building recognition into the system. Hospitalist leaders can advocate for the mechanisms necessary, “to make sure that physicians also have time to have a life, to relax, and to enjoy their profession,” says Dr. Dressler.

“When I hire hospitalists, my goal is to hire people interested not only in good quality, efficient inpatient care but also in teaching,” said Dr. Amin. “I will easily tell them that they can probably make more money and have a better lifestyle working as a community hospitalist if they don’t want to deal with this other mission [of teaching].”

“I think if we view our work as just a job rather than as a career or profession that can be fulfilling, we may be led to paths of potential burnout,” said Dr. Basaviah. “Many of us view the healthcare profession with a notion of service and a vision for a satisfying career. I think that it’s important for all of us to facilitate the ability of our colleagues to thrive in these careers.” TH

 

 

Gretchen Henkel has written for The Hospitalist since 2005.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
An Academic Hurdle
Display Headline
An Academic Hurdle
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

Dealing with the DTs

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:38
Display Headline
Dealing with the DTs

Irritability. Tremors. Sweating and a rapid heart rate. Extreme confusion. Fever. Convulsions. These are all symptoms of acute alcohol withdrawal syndrome. A patient may develop acute alcohol withdrawal syndrome when chronic alcohol use is interrupted by hospital admission. Increasingly patients are being treated for alcohol withdrawal on general medical wards.

Acute withdrawal is most safely managed in an inpatient setting if the patient has been using high doses of sedatives, has a history of seizures or delirium tremens, or has co-morbid medical or psychiatric problems.1 The severity of the withdrawal syndrome is affected by concurrent medical illness. Up to 20% of patients develop delirium tremens if left untreated.2 Recognition and effective treatment of alcohol withdrawal are needed to prevent excess mortality or prolonged hospitalization due to complications. It is essential for hospitalists to recognize and effectively treat acute alcohol withdrawal to prevent adverse outcomes in hospitalized patients.

Acute withdrawal is most safely managed in an inpatient setting if the patient has been using high doses of sedatives, has a history of seizures or delirium tremens, or has comorbid medical or psychiatric problems.

Development of Withdrawal

Hospitalized patients may not be forthcoming about their alcohol consumption for numerous reasons. They may not consider it a problem; they may not recognize that acute withdrawal is a serious and even fatal complication; or they may wish to conceal their alcoholism from family and physicians due to concerns about stigmatization.

Even when patients acknowledge their drinking, they often underestimate the amount, which may be because a patient is minimizing or because alcohol is an amnestic agent, causing drinkers to lose count of how much they have had to drink. It is simplest to ask—in a nonjudgmental manner—all patients admitted to the hospital about drinking and to be alert for signs of acute alcohol withdrawal in all patients.

Not all patients who drink alcohol will develop an acute withdrawal syndrome. Those who drink less frequently—only on weekends with no drinking at all on weekdays, for example—are at lower risk of acute withdrawal. Those who drink on most days of the week are more likely—due to tolerance—to develop withdrawal. Even a habit of two or three drinks each day is enough to set up a person for withdrawal. Not all daily drinkers are guaranteed to develop withdrawal, and it is difficult to predict who will and who will not. The best predictor of whether a patient will develop acute withdrawal while hospitalized is a past history of acute alcohol withdrawal.

The alcohol withdrawal syndrome has two phases: early withdrawal and late withdrawal. (See Table 1, below.) The signs and symptoms of early withdrawal usually occur within 48 hours of the last drink. The initial indication is an elevation of vital signs: heart rate, blood pressure, and temperature. Tremors develop next—first a fine tremor of the hands and fasciculation of the tongue, then gross tremors of the extremities. As the syndrome progresses, disorientation and mild hallucinations (often auditory but occasionally visual) develop, accompanied by diaphoresis. Seizures are an early sign of alcohol withdrawal and may even be the presenting symptom.

Late alcohol withdrawal is also known as delirium tremens—the DTs—and consists of the worsening autonomic dysregulation that is responsible for the morbidity and mortality attributed to alcohol withdrawal. It begins after early withdrawal—usually 72 hours or more after the last drink. Some patients do not progress from early to late withdrawal, and their symptoms simply subside after a few days, with or without treatment. But it is impossible to predict which patients will progress and which will not. The signs of late withdrawal consist of worsening diaphoresis, nausea, and vomiting (which may result in aspiration pneumonia), delirium with frank hallucinations, and rapid, severe fluctuation in vital signs. Sudden changes in blood pressure and heart rate may result in complications such as myocardial infarction or a cerebrovascular event. Untreated late withdrawal results in significant morbidity and even death.3 Adequate treatment of early withdrawal prevents progression to late withdrawal.

 

 

Table 1: Signs of Acute Alcohol Withdrawal Syndrome
click for large version
click for large version

Assessment

When you or a colleague suspect that a hospitalized patient may develop alcohol withdrawal, regularly assess the patient for signs of early withdrawal. Use a validated assessment scale to quantify the severity of the withdrawal syndrome, and initiate treatment decisions such as the dose of medication. If no withdrawal signs manifest after 48 hours, then it is usually safe to discontinue monitoring for withdrawal. Monitor patients for whom alcohol withdrawal is not considered but who then develop withdrawal signs using an assessment scale.

The revised Clinical Institute Withdrawal Assessment for Alcohol (CIWA-Ar) is commonly used to assess severity of withdrawal.4 Competent nurses can give it in less than five minutes. A CIWA-Ar score less than 5 indicates minimal withdrawal with no need for pharmacotherapy, whereas a score that falls in the range of 6-19 indicates mild withdrawal that may benefit from medical treatment. A score greater than 30 indicates severe withdrawal that requires close monitoring due to the risk for complications such as seizures and autonomic instability.5

The CIWA-Ar is just as useful for evaluating and treating withdrawal in hospitalized patients on general medical wards as it is for use in chemical dependency units. It can also be used to determine an appropriate pharmacotherapy dose for patients in withdrawal who also have other medical illnesses.6

Monitor patients every few hours, with the frequency of evaluation varying by severity of withdrawal signs. Every four hours is sufficient for most patients, but those who have developed late withdrawal or those with CIWA-Ar scores greater than 30 should be monitored hourly to prevent complications. Continue regular assessment until the withdrawal syndrome has been under control (CIWA-Ar score less than 6) for at least 24 hours.

Table 2: Fixed-Schedule Therapy for Alcohol Withdrawal Syndrome
click for large version
click for large version

Treatment

Medications: Pharmacotherapy is indicated for the management of moderate to severe withdrawal. Any cross-tolerant medication may be used; benzodiazepines or barbiturates are most commonly prescribed. It is inappropriate to use beverage alcohol to prevent or treat alcohol withdrawal. Use of intravenous alcohol infusion is reserved for poisoning with methanol, isopropanol, or ethylene glycol. It should not be given for treatment of acute alcohol withdrawal due to potential complications such as intoxication with delirium and development of gastritis.

Both benzodiazepines and barbiturates, which are different classes of sedative-hypnotic medications, are cross-tolerant with alcohol and effectively treat alcohol withdrawal.7 Acute alcohol withdrawal in the United States is most often managed with benzodiazepines.8 There are a variety of benzodiazepines available, from ultra-short-acting to long-acting, as well as parenteral and oral forms. Diazepam has been used extensively due to rapid onset of action when given intravenously and long duration of action when given orally.

For similar reasons, chlordiazepoxide is also used widely. Lorazepam, an intermediate-acting benzodiazepine that can be given orally or parenterally, has been used extensively for treatment of acute alcohol withdrawal, especially in hospitalized patients, because it has fewer active metabolites than other benzodiazepines. This makes it safer to use in treating patients with severe liver disease, which is important when treating chronic alcoholics. Benzodiazepines have a relatively high therapeutic index when used to treat patients with illnesses in addition to acute withdrawal. This makes benzodiazepines an excellent choice for the treatment of acute withdrawal in patients on general medical wards.

Barbiturates have been used successfully to treat acute alcohol withdrawal syndrome in general medical inpatients, with phenobarbital the most common choice.9,10 Phenobarbital may be preferable to other sedative-hypnotics; with its longer half-life, patients rarely achieve a “high” as they do with other sedatives, and it is available in multiple dosage forms.11

 

 

A number of alternative non-sedative-hypnotic medications exist to treat acute alcohol withdrawal. Beta-adrenergic blockers (atenolol, propranolol), clonidine, and anticonvulsant agents (carbamazepine, valproate) decrease alcohol withdrawal symptoms and have been used successfully in the treatment of mild withdrawal. They are not cross-tolerant with alcohol, however, and may result in progression of the withdrawal syndrome. These alternative medications are not appropriate to use as single agents in the treatment of withdrawal in a general medical setting.

Table 3: Symptom-Triggered Therapy for Alcohol Withdrawal Assess patient every four hours with the revised Clinical Institute Withdrawal Assessment for Alcohol (CIWA-Ar) and give lorazepam or an equivalent dose of another benzodiazepine.
click for large version
click for large version

Dosing regimens: There are no standard protocols for withdrawal management in widespread use.12 A fixed dosing schedule is commonly used for treatment of acute withdrawal, but either fixed-schedule or symptom-triggered dosing—medication given as needed for withdrawal signs—is efficacious in the treatment of withdrawal, even in patients with medical comorbidity.6

Fixed-schedule dosing is a one-size-fits-all approach for treating alcohol withdrawal. It uses the same dose of cross-tolerant medication on a fixed schedule for all patients for 24-48 hours; the dose is then tapered if the patient is stable. (See Table 2, left.) Reducing the dose by 10%-20% of the initial dose each day over five to 10 days provides a comfortable taper—especially in patients who initially required higher doses of medication to control the withdrawal. Fixed-schedule dosing offers less flexibility for individual patients, but it is a simple approach that can be applied in many settings.

Symptom-triggered therapy occurs when cross-tolerant medication is given only for symptoms of withdrawal rather than on a schedule. (See Table 3, p. 25.) Patients are monitored closely and assessed regularly using a tool such as the CIWA-Ar. The dose of cross-tolerant medication prescribed is based on the severity of withdrawal symptoms as measured by the CIWA-Ar score. This approach is similar to the sliding scale of insulin dosing used to treat hyperglycemia. Symptom-triggered therapy provides individualized treatment for withdrawal without overmedicating or underdosing, but it is a complex system to carry out on a general medical unit.

Severe withdrawal: Treat severe DTs manifested by abnormal and fluctuating vital signs and/or delirium aggressively in an ICU environment with sufficiently large doses of medication to suppress the withdrawal.11 Use IV medications with a rapid onset of action for immediate effect. Lorazepam and diazepam have a rapid onset of action when given intravenously, although the duration of action is shorter than when given orally.

For example, give lorazepam in a dose of one to four mg every 10-30 minutes until the patient is calm but awake and the heart rate is below 120 beats per minute. A continuous intravenous infusion may be warranted to control withdrawal symptoms, and the rate can be titrated to the desired level of consciousness. After stabilization, the patient can be changed to an equivalent dose of a long-acting sedative-hypnotic and tapered as above.

Assessing and medicating acute withdrawal remain necessary first steps in the treatment of the disease of alcohol dependence. After acute detoxification has begun, long-term treatment of alcoholism is necessary to prevent readmission for continuing medical problems due to alcohol consumption. Refer patients who have been treated for alcohol withdrawal for long-term treatment of alcoholism. This may include Alcoholics Anonymous, outpatient counseling, and other treatment modalities.

Conclusion

Ask all patients admitted to the hospital about drinking alcohol and be alert for signs of acute alcohol withdrawal in any patient. The best predictor of whether a patient will develop acute withdrawal is a past history of withdrawal. Signs of withdrawal usually occur within 48 hours of the last drink. Untreated withdrawal may result in significant morbidity and mortality.

Patients in withdrawal should be monitored closely and given appropriate doses of benzodiazepines or barbiturates to treat withdrawal signs. Cross-tolerant medication may be given on a fixed schedule or as symptom-triggered therapy. Severe withdrawal may require a continuous intravenous infusion in an ICU. Recognition and effective treatment of alcohol withdrawal can prevent significant complications in hospitalized patients. TH

 

 

Dr. Weaver is associate professor of internal medicine and psychiatry at Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond.

References

  1. Saitz R. Introduction to alcohol withdrawal. Alcohol Health Res World. 1998;22(1):5-12.
  2. Cross GM, Hennessey PT. Principles and practice of detoxification. Prim Care. 1993;20(1):81-93.
  3. Cutshall BJ. The Saunderssutton syndrome: an analysis of delirium tremens. Q J Stud Alcohol. 1965;26(3):423-448.
  4. Sullivan JT, Sykora K, Schneiderman J, et al. Assessment of alcohol withdrawal: the revised clinical institute withdrawal assessment for alcohol scale (CIWA-Ar). Br J Addict. 1989;84:1353-1357.
  5. Foy A, March S, Drinkwater V. Use of an objective clinical scale in the assessment and management of alcohol withdrawal in a large general hospital. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 1988;12(3):360-364.
  6. Weaver MF, Hoffman HJ, Johnson RE. Alcohol withdrawal pharmacotherapy for inpatients with medical comorbidity. J Addict Dis. 2006;25(2):17-24.
  7. Mayo-Smith MF. Pharmacological management of alcohol withdrawal. A meta-analysis and evidence-based practice guideline. American Society of Addiction Medicine Working Group on Pharmacological Management of Alcohol Withdrawal. JAMA. 1997;278(2):144-151.
  8. Saitz R, Mayo-Smith MF, Roberts MS, et al. Individualized treatment for alcohol withdrawal. A randomized double-blind controlled trial. JAMA. 1994;272(7):519-523.
  9. Yeh HS, Dhopesh V, Maany I. Seizures during detoxification. J Gen Intern Med. 1992;7(1):123.
  10. Young GP, Rores C, Murphy C, et al. Intravenous phenobarbital for alcohol withdrawal and convulsions. Ann Emerg Med. 1987;16(8):847-850.
  11. Weaver MF, Jarvis MA, Schnoll SH. Role of the primary care physician in problems of substance abuse. Arch Intern Med. 1999;159(9):913-924.
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Sections

Irritability. Tremors. Sweating and a rapid heart rate. Extreme confusion. Fever. Convulsions. These are all symptoms of acute alcohol withdrawal syndrome. A patient may develop acute alcohol withdrawal syndrome when chronic alcohol use is interrupted by hospital admission. Increasingly patients are being treated for alcohol withdrawal on general medical wards.

Acute withdrawal is most safely managed in an inpatient setting if the patient has been using high doses of sedatives, has a history of seizures or delirium tremens, or has co-morbid medical or psychiatric problems.1 The severity of the withdrawal syndrome is affected by concurrent medical illness. Up to 20% of patients develop delirium tremens if left untreated.2 Recognition and effective treatment of alcohol withdrawal are needed to prevent excess mortality or prolonged hospitalization due to complications. It is essential for hospitalists to recognize and effectively treat acute alcohol withdrawal to prevent adverse outcomes in hospitalized patients.

Acute withdrawal is most safely managed in an inpatient setting if the patient has been using high doses of sedatives, has a history of seizures or delirium tremens, or has comorbid medical or psychiatric problems.

Development of Withdrawal

Hospitalized patients may not be forthcoming about their alcohol consumption for numerous reasons. They may not consider it a problem; they may not recognize that acute withdrawal is a serious and even fatal complication; or they may wish to conceal their alcoholism from family and physicians due to concerns about stigmatization.

Even when patients acknowledge their drinking, they often underestimate the amount, which may be because a patient is minimizing or because alcohol is an amnestic agent, causing drinkers to lose count of how much they have had to drink. It is simplest to ask—in a nonjudgmental manner—all patients admitted to the hospital about drinking and to be alert for signs of acute alcohol withdrawal in all patients.

Not all patients who drink alcohol will develop an acute withdrawal syndrome. Those who drink less frequently—only on weekends with no drinking at all on weekdays, for example—are at lower risk of acute withdrawal. Those who drink on most days of the week are more likely—due to tolerance—to develop withdrawal. Even a habit of two or three drinks each day is enough to set up a person for withdrawal. Not all daily drinkers are guaranteed to develop withdrawal, and it is difficult to predict who will and who will not. The best predictor of whether a patient will develop acute withdrawal while hospitalized is a past history of acute alcohol withdrawal.

The alcohol withdrawal syndrome has two phases: early withdrawal and late withdrawal. (See Table 1, below.) The signs and symptoms of early withdrawal usually occur within 48 hours of the last drink. The initial indication is an elevation of vital signs: heart rate, blood pressure, and temperature. Tremors develop next—first a fine tremor of the hands and fasciculation of the tongue, then gross tremors of the extremities. As the syndrome progresses, disorientation and mild hallucinations (often auditory but occasionally visual) develop, accompanied by diaphoresis. Seizures are an early sign of alcohol withdrawal and may even be the presenting symptom.

Late alcohol withdrawal is also known as delirium tremens—the DTs—and consists of the worsening autonomic dysregulation that is responsible for the morbidity and mortality attributed to alcohol withdrawal. It begins after early withdrawal—usually 72 hours or more after the last drink. Some patients do not progress from early to late withdrawal, and their symptoms simply subside after a few days, with or without treatment. But it is impossible to predict which patients will progress and which will not. The signs of late withdrawal consist of worsening diaphoresis, nausea, and vomiting (which may result in aspiration pneumonia), delirium with frank hallucinations, and rapid, severe fluctuation in vital signs. Sudden changes in blood pressure and heart rate may result in complications such as myocardial infarction or a cerebrovascular event. Untreated late withdrawal results in significant morbidity and even death.3 Adequate treatment of early withdrawal prevents progression to late withdrawal.

 

 

Table 1: Signs of Acute Alcohol Withdrawal Syndrome
click for large version
click for large version

Assessment

When you or a colleague suspect that a hospitalized patient may develop alcohol withdrawal, regularly assess the patient for signs of early withdrawal. Use a validated assessment scale to quantify the severity of the withdrawal syndrome, and initiate treatment decisions such as the dose of medication. If no withdrawal signs manifest after 48 hours, then it is usually safe to discontinue monitoring for withdrawal. Monitor patients for whom alcohol withdrawal is not considered but who then develop withdrawal signs using an assessment scale.

The revised Clinical Institute Withdrawal Assessment for Alcohol (CIWA-Ar) is commonly used to assess severity of withdrawal.4 Competent nurses can give it in less than five minutes. A CIWA-Ar score less than 5 indicates minimal withdrawal with no need for pharmacotherapy, whereas a score that falls in the range of 6-19 indicates mild withdrawal that may benefit from medical treatment. A score greater than 30 indicates severe withdrawal that requires close monitoring due to the risk for complications such as seizures and autonomic instability.5

The CIWA-Ar is just as useful for evaluating and treating withdrawal in hospitalized patients on general medical wards as it is for use in chemical dependency units. It can also be used to determine an appropriate pharmacotherapy dose for patients in withdrawal who also have other medical illnesses.6

Monitor patients every few hours, with the frequency of evaluation varying by severity of withdrawal signs. Every four hours is sufficient for most patients, but those who have developed late withdrawal or those with CIWA-Ar scores greater than 30 should be monitored hourly to prevent complications. Continue regular assessment until the withdrawal syndrome has been under control (CIWA-Ar score less than 6) for at least 24 hours.

Table 2: Fixed-Schedule Therapy for Alcohol Withdrawal Syndrome
click for large version
click for large version

Treatment

Medications: Pharmacotherapy is indicated for the management of moderate to severe withdrawal. Any cross-tolerant medication may be used; benzodiazepines or barbiturates are most commonly prescribed. It is inappropriate to use beverage alcohol to prevent or treat alcohol withdrawal. Use of intravenous alcohol infusion is reserved for poisoning with methanol, isopropanol, or ethylene glycol. It should not be given for treatment of acute alcohol withdrawal due to potential complications such as intoxication with delirium and development of gastritis.

Both benzodiazepines and barbiturates, which are different classes of sedative-hypnotic medications, are cross-tolerant with alcohol and effectively treat alcohol withdrawal.7 Acute alcohol withdrawal in the United States is most often managed with benzodiazepines.8 There are a variety of benzodiazepines available, from ultra-short-acting to long-acting, as well as parenteral and oral forms. Diazepam has been used extensively due to rapid onset of action when given intravenously and long duration of action when given orally.

For similar reasons, chlordiazepoxide is also used widely. Lorazepam, an intermediate-acting benzodiazepine that can be given orally or parenterally, has been used extensively for treatment of acute alcohol withdrawal, especially in hospitalized patients, because it has fewer active metabolites than other benzodiazepines. This makes it safer to use in treating patients with severe liver disease, which is important when treating chronic alcoholics. Benzodiazepines have a relatively high therapeutic index when used to treat patients with illnesses in addition to acute withdrawal. This makes benzodiazepines an excellent choice for the treatment of acute withdrawal in patients on general medical wards.

Barbiturates have been used successfully to treat acute alcohol withdrawal syndrome in general medical inpatients, with phenobarbital the most common choice.9,10 Phenobarbital may be preferable to other sedative-hypnotics; with its longer half-life, patients rarely achieve a “high” as they do with other sedatives, and it is available in multiple dosage forms.11

 

 

A number of alternative non-sedative-hypnotic medications exist to treat acute alcohol withdrawal. Beta-adrenergic blockers (atenolol, propranolol), clonidine, and anticonvulsant agents (carbamazepine, valproate) decrease alcohol withdrawal symptoms and have been used successfully in the treatment of mild withdrawal. They are not cross-tolerant with alcohol, however, and may result in progression of the withdrawal syndrome. These alternative medications are not appropriate to use as single agents in the treatment of withdrawal in a general medical setting.

Table 3: Symptom-Triggered Therapy for Alcohol Withdrawal Assess patient every four hours with the revised Clinical Institute Withdrawal Assessment for Alcohol (CIWA-Ar) and give lorazepam or an equivalent dose of another benzodiazepine.
click for large version
click for large version

Dosing regimens: There are no standard protocols for withdrawal management in widespread use.12 A fixed dosing schedule is commonly used for treatment of acute withdrawal, but either fixed-schedule or symptom-triggered dosing—medication given as needed for withdrawal signs—is efficacious in the treatment of withdrawal, even in patients with medical comorbidity.6

Fixed-schedule dosing is a one-size-fits-all approach for treating alcohol withdrawal. It uses the same dose of cross-tolerant medication on a fixed schedule for all patients for 24-48 hours; the dose is then tapered if the patient is stable. (See Table 2, left.) Reducing the dose by 10%-20% of the initial dose each day over five to 10 days provides a comfortable taper—especially in patients who initially required higher doses of medication to control the withdrawal. Fixed-schedule dosing offers less flexibility for individual patients, but it is a simple approach that can be applied in many settings.

Symptom-triggered therapy occurs when cross-tolerant medication is given only for symptoms of withdrawal rather than on a schedule. (See Table 3, p. 25.) Patients are monitored closely and assessed regularly using a tool such as the CIWA-Ar. The dose of cross-tolerant medication prescribed is based on the severity of withdrawal symptoms as measured by the CIWA-Ar score. This approach is similar to the sliding scale of insulin dosing used to treat hyperglycemia. Symptom-triggered therapy provides individualized treatment for withdrawal without overmedicating or underdosing, but it is a complex system to carry out on a general medical unit.

Severe withdrawal: Treat severe DTs manifested by abnormal and fluctuating vital signs and/or delirium aggressively in an ICU environment with sufficiently large doses of medication to suppress the withdrawal.11 Use IV medications with a rapid onset of action for immediate effect. Lorazepam and diazepam have a rapid onset of action when given intravenously, although the duration of action is shorter than when given orally.

For example, give lorazepam in a dose of one to four mg every 10-30 minutes until the patient is calm but awake and the heart rate is below 120 beats per minute. A continuous intravenous infusion may be warranted to control withdrawal symptoms, and the rate can be titrated to the desired level of consciousness. After stabilization, the patient can be changed to an equivalent dose of a long-acting sedative-hypnotic and tapered as above.

Assessing and medicating acute withdrawal remain necessary first steps in the treatment of the disease of alcohol dependence. After acute detoxification has begun, long-term treatment of alcoholism is necessary to prevent readmission for continuing medical problems due to alcohol consumption. Refer patients who have been treated for alcohol withdrawal for long-term treatment of alcoholism. This may include Alcoholics Anonymous, outpatient counseling, and other treatment modalities.

Conclusion

Ask all patients admitted to the hospital about drinking alcohol and be alert for signs of acute alcohol withdrawal in any patient. The best predictor of whether a patient will develop acute withdrawal is a past history of withdrawal. Signs of withdrawal usually occur within 48 hours of the last drink. Untreated withdrawal may result in significant morbidity and mortality.

Patients in withdrawal should be monitored closely and given appropriate doses of benzodiazepines or barbiturates to treat withdrawal signs. Cross-tolerant medication may be given on a fixed schedule or as symptom-triggered therapy. Severe withdrawal may require a continuous intravenous infusion in an ICU. Recognition and effective treatment of alcohol withdrawal can prevent significant complications in hospitalized patients. TH

 

 

Dr. Weaver is associate professor of internal medicine and psychiatry at Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond.

References

  1. Saitz R. Introduction to alcohol withdrawal. Alcohol Health Res World. 1998;22(1):5-12.
  2. Cross GM, Hennessey PT. Principles and practice of detoxification. Prim Care. 1993;20(1):81-93.
  3. Cutshall BJ. The Saunderssutton syndrome: an analysis of delirium tremens. Q J Stud Alcohol. 1965;26(3):423-448.
  4. Sullivan JT, Sykora K, Schneiderman J, et al. Assessment of alcohol withdrawal: the revised clinical institute withdrawal assessment for alcohol scale (CIWA-Ar). Br J Addict. 1989;84:1353-1357.
  5. Foy A, March S, Drinkwater V. Use of an objective clinical scale in the assessment and management of alcohol withdrawal in a large general hospital. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 1988;12(3):360-364.
  6. Weaver MF, Hoffman HJ, Johnson RE. Alcohol withdrawal pharmacotherapy for inpatients with medical comorbidity. J Addict Dis. 2006;25(2):17-24.
  7. Mayo-Smith MF. Pharmacological management of alcohol withdrawal. A meta-analysis and evidence-based practice guideline. American Society of Addiction Medicine Working Group on Pharmacological Management of Alcohol Withdrawal. JAMA. 1997;278(2):144-151.
  8. Saitz R, Mayo-Smith MF, Roberts MS, et al. Individualized treatment for alcohol withdrawal. A randomized double-blind controlled trial. JAMA. 1994;272(7):519-523.
  9. Yeh HS, Dhopesh V, Maany I. Seizures during detoxification. J Gen Intern Med. 1992;7(1):123.
  10. Young GP, Rores C, Murphy C, et al. Intravenous phenobarbital for alcohol withdrawal and convulsions. Ann Emerg Med. 1987;16(8):847-850.
  11. Weaver MF, Jarvis MA, Schnoll SH. Role of the primary care physician in problems of substance abuse. Arch Intern Med. 1999;159(9):913-924.

Irritability. Tremors. Sweating and a rapid heart rate. Extreme confusion. Fever. Convulsions. These are all symptoms of acute alcohol withdrawal syndrome. A patient may develop acute alcohol withdrawal syndrome when chronic alcohol use is interrupted by hospital admission. Increasingly patients are being treated for alcohol withdrawal on general medical wards.

Acute withdrawal is most safely managed in an inpatient setting if the patient has been using high doses of sedatives, has a history of seizures or delirium tremens, or has co-morbid medical or psychiatric problems.1 The severity of the withdrawal syndrome is affected by concurrent medical illness. Up to 20% of patients develop delirium tremens if left untreated.2 Recognition and effective treatment of alcohol withdrawal are needed to prevent excess mortality or prolonged hospitalization due to complications. It is essential for hospitalists to recognize and effectively treat acute alcohol withdrawal to prevent adverse outcomes in hospitalized patients.

Acute withdrawal is most safely managed in an inpatient setting if the patient has been using high doses of sedatives, has a history of seizures or delirium tremens, or has comorbid medical or psychiatric problems.

Development of Withdrawal

Hospitalized patients may not be forthcoming about their alcohol consumption for numerous reasons. They may not consider it a problem; they may not recognize that acute withdrawal is a serious and even fatal complication; or they may wish to conceal their alcoholism from family and physicians due to concerns about stigmatization.

Even when patients acknowledge their drinking, they often underestimate the amount, which may be because a patient is minimizing or because alcohol is an amnestic agent, causing drinkers to lose count of how much they have had to drink. It is simplest to ask—in a nonjudgmental manner—all patients admitted to the hospital about drinking and to be alert for signs of acute alcohol withdrawal in all patients.

Not all patients who drink alcohol will develop an acute withdrawal syndrome. Those who drink less frequently—only on weekends with no drinking at all on weekdays, for example—are at lower risk of acute withdrawal. Those who drink on most days of the week are more likely—due to tolerance—to develop withdrawal. Even a habit of two or three drinks each day is enough to set up a person for withdrawal. Not all daily drinkers are guaranteed to develop withdrawal, and it is difficult to predict who will and who will not. The best predictor of whether a patient will develop acute withdrawal while hospitalized is a past history of acute alcohol withdrawal.

The alcohol withdrawal syndrome has two phases: early withdrawal and late withdrawal. (See Table 1, below.) The signs and symptoms of early withdrawal usually occur within 48 hours of the last drink. The initial indication is an elevation of vital signs: heart rate, blood pressure, and temperature. Tremors develop next—first a fine tremor of the hands and fasciculation of the tongue, then gross tremors of the extremities. As the syndrome progresses, disorientation and mild hallucinations (often auditory but occasionally visual) develop, accompanied by diaphoresis. Seizures are an early sign of alcohol withdrawal and may even be the presenting symptom.

Late alcohol withdrawal is also known as delirium tremens—the DTs—and consists of the worsening autonomic dysregulation that is responsible for the morbidity and mortality attributed to alcohol withdrawal. It begins after early withdrawal—usually 72 hours or more after the last drink. Some patients do not progress from early to late withdrawal, and their symptoms simply subside after a few days, with or without treatment. But it is impossible to predict which patients will progress and which will not. The signs of late withdrawal consist of worsening diaphoresis, nausea, and vomiting (which may result in aspiration pneumonia), delirium with frank hallucinations, and rapid, severe fluctuation in vital signs. Sudden changes in blood pressure and heart rate may result in complications such as myocardial infarction or a cerebrovascular event. Untreated late withdrawal results in significant morbidity and even death.3 Adequate treatment of early withdrawal prevents progression to late withdrawal.

 

 

Table 1: Signs of Acute Alcohol Withdrawal Syndrome
click for large version
click for large version

Assessment

When you or a colleague suspect that a hospitalized patient may develop alcohol withdrawal, regularly assess the patient for signs of early withdrawal. Use a validated assessment scale to quantify the severity of the withdrawal syndrome, and initiate treatment decisions such as the dose of medication. If no withdrawal signs manifest after 48 hours, then it is usually safe to discontinue monitoring for withdrawal. Monitor patients for whom alcohol withdrawal is not considered but who then develop withdrawal signs using an assessment scale.

The revised Clinical Institute Withdrawal Assessment for Alcohol (CIWA-Ar) is commonly used to assess severity of withdrawal.4 Competent nurses can give it in less than five minutes. A CIWA-Ar score less than 5 indicates minimal withdrawal with no need for pharmacotherapy, whereas a score that falls in the range of 6-19 indicates mild withdrawal that may benefit from medical treatment. A score greater than 30 indicates severe withdrawal that requires close monitoring due to the risk for complications such as seizures and autonomic instability.5

The CIWA-Ar is just as useful for evaluating and treating withdrawal in hospitalized patients on general medical wards as it is for use in chemical dependency units. It can also be used to determine an appropriate pharmacotherapy dose for patients in withdrawal who also have other medical illnesses.6

Monitor patients every few hours, with the frequency of evaluation varying by severity of withdrawal signs. Every four hours is sufficient for most patients, but those who have developed late withdrawal or those with CIWA-Ar scores greater than 30 should be monitored hourly to prevent complications. Continue regular assessment until the withdrawal syndrome has been under control (CIWA-Ar score less than 6) for at least 24 hours.

Table 2: Fixed-Schedule Therapy for Alcohol Withdrawal Syndrome
click for large version
click for large version

Treatment

Medications: Pharmacotherapy is indicated for the management of moderate to severe withdrawal. Any cross-tolerant medication may be used; benzodiazepines or barbiturates are most commonly prescribed. It is inappropriate to use beverage alcohol to prevent or treat alcohol withdrawal. Use of intravenous alcohol infusion is reserved for poisoning with methanol, isopropanol, or ethylene glycol. It should not be given for treatment of acute alcohol withdrawal due to potential complications such as intoxication with delirium and development of gastritis.

Both benzodiazepines and barbiturates, which are different classes of sedative-hypnotic medications, are cross-tolerant with alcohol and effectively treat alcohol withdrawal.7 Acute alcohol withdrawal in the United States is most often managed with benzodiazepines.8 There are a variety of benzodiazepines available, from ultra-short-acting to long-acting, as well as parenteral and oral forms. Diazepam has been used extensively due to rapid onset of action when given intravenously and long duration of action when given orally.

For similar reasons, chlordiazepoxide is also used widely. Lorazepam, an intermediate-acting benzodiazepine that can be given orally or parenterally, has been used extensively for treatment of acute alcohol withdrawal, especially in hospitalized patients, because it has fewer active metabolites than other benzodiazepines. This makes it safer to use in treating patients with severe liver disease, which is important when treating chronic alcoholics. Benzodiazepines have a relatively high therapeutic index when used to treat patients with illnesses in addition to acute withdrawal. This makes benzodiazepines an excellent choice for the treatment of acute withdrawal in patients on general medical wards.

Barbiturates have been used successfully to treat acute alcohol withdrawal syndrome in general medical inpatients, with phenobarbital the most common choice.9,10 Phenobarbital may be preferable to other sedative-hypnotics; with its longer half-life, patients rarely achieve a “high” as they do with other sedatives, and it is available in multiple dosage forms.11

 

 

A number of alternative non-sedative-hypnotic medications exist to treat acute alcohol withdrawal. Beta-adrenergic blockers (atenolol, propranolol), clonidine, and anticonvulsant agents (carbamazepine, valproate) decrease alcohol withdrawal symptoms and have been used successfully in the treatment of mild withdrawal. They are not cross-tolerant with alcohol, however, and may result in progression of the withdrawal syndrome. These alternative medications are not appropriate to use as single agents in the treatment of withdrawal in a general medical setting.

Table 3: Symptom-Triggered Therapy for Alcohol Withdrawal Assess patient every four hours with the revised Clinical Institute Withdrawal Assessment for Alcohol (CIWA-Ar) and give lorazepam or an equivalent dose of another benzodiazepine.
click for large version
click for large version

Dosing regimens: There are no standard protocols for withdrawal management in widespread use.12 A fixed dosing schedule is commonly used for treatment of acute withdrawal, but either fixed-schedule or symptom-triggered dosing—medication given as needed for withdrawal signs—is efficacious in the treatment of withdrawal, even in patients with medical comorbidity.6

Fixed-schedule dosing is a one-size-fits-all approach for treating alcohol withdrawal. It uses the same dose of cross-tolerant medication on a fixed schedule for all patients for 24-48 hours; the dose is then tapered if the patient is stable. (See Table 2, left.) Reducing the dose by 10%-20% of the initial dose each day over five to 10 days provides a comfortable taper—especially in patients who initially required higher doses of medication to control the withdrawal. Fixed-schedule dosing offers less flexibility for individual patients, but it is a simple approach that can be applied in many settings.

Symptom-triggered therapy occurs when cross-tolerant medication is given only for symptoms of withdrawal rather than on a schedule. (See Table 3, p. 25.) Patients are monitored closely and assessed regularly using a tool such as the CIWA-Ar. The dose of cross-tolerant medication prescribed is based on the severity of withdrawal symptoms as measured by the CIWA-Ar score. This approach is similar to the sliding scale of insulin dosing used to treat hyperglycemia. Symptom-triggered therapy provides individualized treatment for withdrawal without overmedicating or underdosing, but it is a complex system to carry out on a general medical unit.

Severe withdrawal: Treat severe DTs manifested by abnormal and fluctuating vital signs and/or delirium aggressively in an ICU environment with sufficiently large doses of medication to suppress the withdrawal.11 Use IV medications with a rapid onset of action for immediate effect. Lorazepam and diazepam have a rapid onset of action when given intravenously, although the duration of action is shorter than when given orally.

For example, give lorazepam in a dose of one to four mg every 10-30 minutes until the patient is calm but awake and the heart rate is below 120 beats per minute. A continuous intravenous infusion may be warranted to control withdrawal symptoms, and the rate can be titrated to the desired level of consciousness. After stabilization, the patient can be changed to an equivalent dose of a long-acting sedative-hypnotic and tapered as above.

Assessing and medicating acute withdrawal remain necessary first steps in the treatment of the disease of alcohol dependence. After acute detoxification has begun, long-term treatment of alcoholism is necessary to prevent readmission for continuing medical problems due to alcohol consumption. Refer patients who have been treated for alcohol withdrawal for long-term treatment of alcoholism. This may include Alcoholics Anonymous, outpatient counseling, and other treatment modalities.

Conclusion

Ask all patients admitted to the hospital about drinking alcohol and be alert for signs of acute alcohol withdrawal in any patient. The best predictor of whether a patient will develop acute withdrawal is a past history of withdrawal. Signs of withdrawal usually occur within 48 hours of the last drink. Untreated withdrawal may result in significant morbidity and mortality.

Patients in withdrawal should be monitored closely and given appropriate doses of benzodiazepines or barbiturates to treat withdrawal signs. Cross-tolerant medication may be given on a fixed schedule or as symptom-triggered therapy. Severe withdrawal may require a continuous intravenous infusion in an ICU. Recognition and effective treatment of alcohol withdrawal can prevent significant complications in hospitalized patients. TH

 

 

Dr. Weaver is associate professor of internal medicine and psychiatry at Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond.

References

  1. Saitz R. Introduction to alcohol withdrawal. Alcohol Health Res World. 1998;22(1):5-12.
  2. Cross GM, Hennessey PT. Principles and practice of detoxification. Prim Care. 1993;20(1):81-93.
  3. Cutshall BJ. The Saunderssutton syndrome: an analysis of delirium tremens. Q J Stud Alcohol. 1965;26(3):423-448.
  4. Sullivan JT, Sykora K, Schneiderman J, et al. Assessment of alcohol withdrawal: the revised clinical institute withdrawal assessment for alcohol scale (CIWA-Ar). Br J Addict. 1989;84:1353-1357.
  5. Foy A, March S, Drinkwater V. Use of an objective clinical scale in the assessment and management of alcohol withdrawal in a large general hospital. Alcohol Clin Exp Res. 1988;12(3):360-364.
  6. Weaver MF, Hoffman HJ, Johnson RE. Alcohol withdrawal pharmacotherapy for inpatients with medical comorbidity. J Addict Dis. 2006;25(2):17-24.
  7. Mayo-Smith MF. Pharmacological management of alcohol withdrawal. A meta-analysis and evidence-based practice guideline. American Society of Addiction Medicine Working Group on Pharmacological Management of Alcohol Withdrawal. JAMA. 1997;278(2):144-151.
  8. Saitz R, Mayo-Smith MF, Roberts MS, et al. Individualized treatment for alcohol withdrawal. A randomized double-blind controlled trial. JAMA. 1994;272(7):519-523.
  9. Yeh HS, Dhopesh V, Maany I. Seizures during detoxification. J Gen Intern Med. 1992;7(1):123.
  10. Young GP, Rores C, Murphy C, et al. Intravenous phenobarbital for alcohol withdrawal and convulsions. Ann Emerg Med. 1987;16(8):847-850.
  11. Weaver MF, Jarvis MA, Schnoll SH. Role of the primary care physician in problems of substance abuse. Arch Intern Med. 1999;159(9):913-924.
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Dealing with the DTs
Display Headline
Dealing with the DTs
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

From Weapon to Wonder Drug

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:38
Display Headline
From Weapon to Wonder Drug

Gas! Gas! Quick, boys! An ecstasy of fumbling, Fitting the clumsy helmets just in time; But someone still was yelling out and stumbling And flound’ring like a man in fire or lime.

—Wilfred Owen, Dulce et Decorum Est (1917)

In virtually every hospital around the world, oncology patients are treated with constantly evolving life- and limb-saving protocols. Cancer has plagued mankind for thousands of years. Records of cancer exist from as early as the ancient Egyptian era. The famous Edwin Smith Surgical Papyrus, dating to 1,600 B.C., describes a man with “bulging tumors on his breast.” The translation of the treatment for this case simply reads: “There is no treatment.” Unfortunately, the history of chemotherapy lags behind that of the disease it treats by at least 4,000 years. And ironically, the first modern day anticancer drug was spawned from a deadly World War I weapon.

Sulfur mustard, or mustard gas, has the dubious distinction of being one of the original chemical weapons. Bis-(2-chloroethyl) sulfide was first synthesized by London Institute of Physics Co-founder Frederick Guthrie in 1860. Guthrie, a profound believer in the advancement of science through experimentation rather than discussion, first documented the toxic effects of mustard gas by applying his mixture of ethylene and sulfur dichloride to his own skin, thus joining other notables in the halls of self-experimentation.

Mustard gas was mass-produced under the name LOST (an acronym fashioned from the names of its developers) for the German company Bayer AG during the first decade of the 20th century. Unfortunately, this proved to be perfect timing for the introduction of chemical warfare by the German army in 1917. The first strike was against Canadian troops. One year later the British used the same agent to destroy the “impregnable” Hindenburg Line. This culmination of the storied allied forces’ 100 Days Offensive ultimately led to the end of the First World War.

Various permutations of this compound were used sporadically by numerous world powers over the next 25 years. The malevolent use of mustard gas may be responsible for nearly 100,000 deaths and approximately five times as many wartime injuries. In fact, sulfur mustard gas—not a gas or a mustard, but rather a yellowish-brown vaporized liquid with a mustard seed-like odor—is known primarily as an incapacitant rather than as a lethal weapon. The effects of this poison may remain hidden for two to 24 hours after exposure.

Sulfur mustard is a vesicant. It exerts its effects on the body’s mucous membranes. The skin and the eyes are among the first organs to be affected. The toxicity of this agent is dose-dependent. While lower concentrations can cause symptoms as minor as skin irritation and conjunctivitis, higher titers can lead to morbid consequences such as necrotic ulcerations of the skin and blindness. At still higher concentrations, inhaled vapors can damage the mucous membrane lining of the respiratory tract, leading to hemorrhagic pulmonary edema.

Sulfur mustard also causes chronic sequelae. After exposure, surviving victims might exhibit nausea, vomiting, alopecia, and increased vulnerability to infection. These later symptoms are the result of the poison’s ability to act as an alkylating agent, cross-linking DNA and preventing the normal sequence of DNA replication. The organs primarily affected are the lining of the gastrointestinal tract and the bone marrow, due to their inherent high mitotic activity.

Despite its sinister history, mustard gas has played a key role in the development of anti-cancer chemotherapeutic agents and may justly be referred to as the egg from which medical oncology has hatched. The history of medicine contains many tales of accidental discovery, but how did a deadly gas become the first effective chemotherapeutic agent?

 

 

Fast forward 30 years to the Second World War. The interwar period resulted in numerous provisions—including the Geneva Protocol of 1929—to ban the use of chemical weapons. It was also a time during which many nations—both purposefully and accidentally—developed and stockpiled chemical agents. Thankfully, chemical weapons, including mustard gas, were not used extensively by either side during World War II. This was a period of intense—and justified—paranoia, however. General Dwight D. Eisenhower had made provisions for a stockpile of 100 tons of mustard gas on the S.S. John Harvey, which was stationed in Italy’s Bari Harbor. In December 1943, Nazi air strikes destroyed the John Harvey, among other ships, resulting in surprisingly few casualties despite the impressive amount of fire and destruction.

In the days and weeks following this catastrophe, however, survivors began to develop the familiar signs of mustard gas exposure. Lt. Col. Stewart Francis Alexander, an expert in chemical warfare, suspected exposure to the famous vapor. Autopsies of the victims reported profound lymphopenia as well as suppression of myeloid cell lines. This prompted the United States to lift the Office of Scientific Research and Development publication ban in 1946. At this time, numerous accounts were uncovered of mustard gas and its derivatives in experimental trials involving humans and cloned mice.

The first clinical trial, conducted by Louis Goodman and Alfred Gilman, involved the use of nitrogen mustard on a patient with advanced lymphosarcoma. After just four days of therapy, the patient’s tumor mass receded remarkably. Unfortunately, withdrawal of the medication due to profound neutropenia resulted in an abrupt return of the tumors. A second, shorter course resulted in a less profound reduction in tumor bulk, and a third try had no effect at all.

Frederick Guthrie

Interestingly, this temporary miracle with its subsequent failure illustrates two paradigms faced by medical oncologists today. Chemotherapeutic agents exert a toxic toll on the host, and tumor cells eventually develop resistance to circumvent the effects of these same medications. This is exactly why complicated protocols are used to treat patients with cancer.

Goodman and Gilman, authors of the famous medical pharmacology textbook The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, used nitrogen mustard, a derivative of sulfur mustard, for their experiment. This compound, also known as mechlorethamine, is the first in-class alkylating agent, and is still used as a topical ointment in the treatment of cutaneous lymphomas. Other alkylating agents, such as cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, and cisplatin, are used in cancer protocols worldwide.

We have not seen the last of mustard gas, which made its last acknowledged appearance in the Iran-Iraq war. Frequently, those things that are most destructive can be tamed for medical use.

The next time you have a patient receiving chemotherapy, think back to the roots of the cure. TH

References

  1. Pratt WB, Ruddon RW, Ensminger WD, et al. The Anticancer Drugs. 2nd ed. New York: Oxford University Press; 1994.
  2. Faguet GB. The War on Cancer: An Anatomy of Failure, a Blueprint for the Future. Dordrecht, Netherlands: Springer Press; 2005.
  3. Baguley BC, Kerr DJ, eds. Anticancer Drug Development. New York: Academic Press; 2002.
  4. Goodman LS, Wintrobe MM, Dameshek W, et al. Landmark article Sept. 21, 1946: Nitrogen mustard therapy. Use of methyl-bis(beta-chloroethyl)amine hydrochloride and tris(beta-chloroethyl)amine hydrochloride for Hodgkin’s disease, lymphosarcoma, leukemia and certain allied and miscellaneous disorders. JAMA. 1984;251:2255-2261.
  5. Kazin RA, Lowitt NR, Lowitt MH. Update in dermatology. Ann Intern Med. 2001;135:124-132.
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Sections

Gas! Gas! Quick, boys! An ecstasy of fumbling, Fitting the clumsy helmets just in time; But someone still was yelling out and stumbling And flound’ring like a man in fire or lime.

—Wilfred Owen, Dulce et Decorum Est (1917)

In virtually every hospital around the world, oncology patients are treated with constantly evolving life- and limb-saving protocols. Cancer has plagued mankind for thousands of years. Records of cancer exist from as early as the ancient Egyptian era. The famous Edwin Smith Surgical Papyrus, dating to 1,600 B.C., describes a man with “bulging tumors on his breast.” The translation of the treatment for this case simply reads: “There is no treatment.” Unfortunately, the history of chemotherapy lags behind that of the disease it treats by at least 4,000 years. And ironically, the first modern day anticancer drug was spawned from a deadly World War I weapon.

Sulfur mustard, or mustard gas, has the dubious distinction of being one of the original chemical weapons. Bis-(2-chloroethyl) sulfide was first synthesized by London Institute of Physics Co-founder Frederick Guthrie in 1860. Guthrie, a profound believer in the advancement of science through experimentation rather than discussion, first documented the toxic effects of mustard gas by applying his mixture of ethylene and sulfur dichloride to his own skin, thus joining other notables in the halls of self-experimentation.

Mustard gas was mass-produced under the name LOST (an acronym fashioned from the names of its developers) for the German company Bayer AG during the first decade of the 20th century. Unfortunately, this proved to be perfect timing for the introduction of chemical warfare by the German army in 1917. The first strike was against Canadian troops. One year later the British used the same agent to destroy the “impregnable” Hindenburg Line. This culmination of the storied allied forces’ 100 Days Offensive ultimately led to the end of the First World War.

Various permutations of this compound were used sporadically by numerous world powers over the next 25 years. The malevolent use of mustard gas may be responsible for nearly 100,000 deaths and approximately five times as many wartime injuries. In fact, sulfur mustard gas—not a gas or a mustard, but rather a yellowish-brown vaporized liquid with a mustard seed-like odor—is known primarily as an incapacitant rather than as a lethal weapon. The effects of this poison may remain hidden for two to 24 hours after exposure.

Sulfur mustard is a vesicant. It exerts its effects on the body’s mucous membranes. The skin and the eyes are among the first organs to be affected. The toxicity of this agent is dose-dependent. While lower concentrations can cause symptoms as minor as skin irritation and conjunctivitis, higher titers can lead to morbid consequences such as necrotic ulcerations of the skin and blindness. At still higher concentrations, inhaled vapors can damage the mucous membrane lining of the respiratory tract, leading to hemorrhagic pulmonary edema.

Sulfur mustard also causes chronic sequelae. After exposure, surviving victims might exhibit nausea, vomiting, alopecia, and increased vulnerability to infection. These later symptoms are the result of the poison’s ability to act as an alkylating agent, cross-linking DNA and preventing the normal sequence of DNA replication. The organs primarily affected are the lining of the gastrointestinal tract and the bone marrow, due to their inherent high mitotic activity.

Despite its sinister history, mustard gas has played a key role in the development of anti-cancer chemotherapeutic agents and may justly be referred to as the egg from which medical oncology has hatched. The history of medicine contains many tales of accidental discovery, but how did a deadly gas become the first effective chemotherapeutic agent?

 

 

Fast forward 30 years to the Second World War. The interwar period resulted in numerous provisions—including the Geneva Protocol of 1929—to ban the use of chemical weapons. It was also a time during which many nations—both purposefully and accidentally—developed and stockpiled chemical agents. Thankfully, chemical weapons, including mustard gas, were not used extensively by either side during World War II. This was a period of intense—and justified—paranoia, however. General Dwight D. Eisenhower had made provisions for a stockpile of 100 tons of mustard gas on the S.S. John Harvey, which was stationed in Italy’s Bari Harbor. In December 1943, Nazi air strikes destroyed the John Harvey, among other ships, resulting in surprisingly few casualties despite the impressive amount of fire and destruction.

In the days and weeks following this catastrophe, however, survivors began to develop the familiar signs of mustard gas exposure. Lt. Col. Stewart Francis Alexander, an expert in chemical warfare, suspected exposure to the famous vapor. Autopsies of the victims reported profound lymphopenia as well as suppression of myeloid cell lines. This prompted the United States to lift the Office of Scientific Research and Development publication ban in 1946. At this time, numerous accounts were uncovered of mustard gas and its derivatives in experimental trials involving humans and cloned mice.

The first clinical trial, conducted by Louis Goodman and Alfred Gilman, involved the use of nitrogen mustard on a patient with advanced lymphosarcoma. After just four days of therapy, the patient’s tumor mass receded remarkably. Unfortunately, withdrawal of the medication due to profound neutropenia resulted in an abrupt return of the tumors. A second, shorter course resulted in a less profound reduction in tumor bulk, and a third try had no effect at all.

Frederick Guthrie

Interestingly, this temporary miracle with its subsequent failure illustrates two paradigms faced by medical oncologists today. Chemotherapeutic agents exert a toxic toll on the host, and tumor cells eventually develop resistance to circumvent the effects of these same medications. This is exactly why complicated protocols are used to treat patients with cancer.

Goodman and Gilman, authors of the famous medical pharmacology textbook The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, used nitrogen mustard, a derivative of sulfur mustard, for their experiment. This compound, also known as mechlorethamine, is the first in-class alkylating agent, and is still used as a topical ointment in the treatment of cutaneous lymphomas. Other alkylating agents, such as cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, and cisplatin, are used in cancer protocols worldwide.

We have not seen the last of mustard gas, which made its last acknowledged appearance in the Iran-Iraq war. Frequently, those things that are most destructive can be tamed for medical use.

The next time you have a patient receiving chemotherapy, think back to the roots of the cure. TH

References

  1. Pratt WB, Ruddon RW, Ensminger WD, et al. The Anticancer Drugs. 2nd ed. New York: Oxford University Press; 1994.
  2. Faguet GB. The War on Cancer: An Anatomy of Failure, a Blueprint for the Future. Dordrecht, Netherlands: Springer Press; 2005.
  3. Baguley BC, Kerr DJ, eds. Anticancer Drug Development. New York: Academic Press; 2002.
  4. Goodman LS, Wintrobe MM, Dameshek W, et al. Landmark article Sept. 21, 1946: Nitrogen mustard therapy. Use of methyl-bis(beta-chloroethyl)amine hydrochloride and tris(beta-chloroethyl)amine hydrochloride for Hodgkin’s disease, lymphosarcoma, leukemia and certain allied and miscellaneous disorders. JAMA. 1984;251:2255-2261.
  5. Kazin RA, Lowitt NR, Lowitt MH. Update in dermatology. Ann Intern Med. 2001;135:124-132.

Gas! Gas! Quick, boys! An ecstasy of fumbling, Fitting the clumsy helmets just in time; But someone still was yelling out and stumbling And flound’ring like a man in fire or lime.

—Wilfred Owen, Dulce et Decorum Est (1917)

In virtually every hospital around the world, oncology patients are treated with constantly evolving life- and limb-saving protocols. Cancer has plagued mankind for thousands of years. Records of cancer exist from as early as the ancient Egyptian era. The famous Edwin Smith Surgical Papyrus, dating to 1,600 B.C., describes a man with “bulging tumors on his breast.” The translation of the treatment for this case simply reads: “There is no treatment.” Unfortunately, the history of chemotherapy lags behind that of the disease it treats by at least 4,000 years. And ironically, the first modern day anticancer drug was spawned from a deadly World War I weapon.

Sulfur mustard, or mustard gas, has the dubious distinction of being one of the original chemical weapons. Bis-(2-chloroethyl) sulfide was first synthesized by London Institute of Physics Co-founder Frederick Guthrie in 1860. Guthrie, a profound believer in the advancement of science through experimentation rather than discussion, first documented the toxic effects of mustard gas by applying his mixture of ethylene and sulfur dichloride to his own skin, thus joining other notables in the halls of self-experimentation.

Mustard gas was mass-produced under the name LOST (an acronym fashioned from the names of its developers) for the German company Bayer AG during the first decade of the 20th century. Unfortunately, this proved to be perfect timing for the introduction of chemical warfare by the German army in 1917. The first strike was against Canadian troops. One year later the British used the same agent to destroy the “impregnable” Hindenburg Line. This culmination of the storied allied forces’ 100 Days Offensive ultimately led to the end of the First World War.

Various permutations of this compound were used sporadically by numerous world powers over the next 25 years. The malevolent use of mustard gas may be responsible for nearly 100,000 deaths and approximately five times as many wartime injuries. In fact, sulfur mustard gas—not a gas or a mustard, but rather a yellowish-brown vaporized liquid with a mustard seed-like odor—is known primarily as an incapacitant rather than as a lethal weapon. The effects of this poison may remain hidden for two to 24 hours after exposure.

Sulfur mustard is a vesicant. It exerts its effects on the body’s mucous membranes. The skin and the eyes are among the first organs to be affected. The toxicity of this agent is dose-dependent. While lower concentrations can cause symptoms as minor as skin irritation and conjunctivitis, higher titers can lead to morbid consequences such as necrotic ulcerations of the skin and blindness. At still higher concentrations, inhaled vapors can damage the mucous membrane lining of the respiratory tract, leading to hemorrhagic pulmonary edema.

Sulfur mustard also causes chronic sequelae. After exposure, surviving victims might exhibit nausea, vomiting, alopecia, and increased vulnerability to infection. These later symptoms are the result of the poison’s ability to act as an alkylating agent, cross-linking DNA and preventing the normal sequence of DNA replication. The organs primarily affected are the lining of the gastrointestinal tract and the bone marrow, due to their inherent high mitotic activity.

Despite its sinister history, mustard gas has played a key role in the development of anti-cancer chemotherapeutic agents and may justly be referred to as the egg from which medical oncology has hatched. The history of medicine contains many tales of accidental discovery, but how did a deadly gas become the first effective chemotherapeutic agent?

 

 

Fast forward 30 years to the Second World War. The interwar period resulted in numerous provisions—including the Geneva Protocol of 1929—to ban the use of chemical weapons. It was also a time during which many nations—both purposefully and accidentally—developed and stockpiled chemical agents. Thankfully, chemical weapons, including mustard gas, were not used extensively by either side during World War II. This was a period of intense—and justified—paranoia, however. General Dwight D. Eisenhower had made provisions for a stockpile of 100 tons of mustard gas on the S.S. John Harvey, which was stationed in Italy’s Bari Harbor. In December 1943, Nazi air strikes destroyed the John Harvey, among other ships, resulting in surprisingly few casualties despite the impressive amount of fire and destruction.

In the days and weeks following this catastrophe, however, survivors began to develop the familiar signs of mustard gas exposure. Lt. Col. Stewart Francis Alexander, an expert in chemical warfare, suspected exposure to the famous vapor. Autopsies of the victims reported profound lymphopenia as well as suppression of myeloid cell lines. This prompted the United States to lift the Office of Scientific Research and Development publication ban in 1946. At this time, numerous accounts were uncovered of mustard gas and its derivatives in experimental trials involving humans and cloned mice.

The first clinical trial, conducted by Louis Goodman and Alfred Gilman, involved the use of nitrogen mustard on a patient with advanced lymphosarcoma. After just four days of therapy, the patient’s tumor mass receded remarkably. Unfortunately, withdrawal of the medication due to profound neutropenia resulted in an abrupt return of the tumors. A second, shorter course resulted in a less profound reduction in tumor bulk, and a third try had no effect at all.

Frederick Guthrie

Interestingly, this temporary miracle with its subsequent failure illustrates two paradigms faced by medical oncologists today. Chemotherapeutic agents exert a toxic toll on the host, and tumor cells eventually develop resistance to circumvent the effects of these same medications. This is exactly why complicated protocols are used to treat patients with cancer.

Goodman and Gilman, authors of the famous medical pharmacology textbook The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, used nitrogen mustard, a derivative of sulfur mustard, for their experiment. This compound, also known as mechlorethamine, is the first in-class alkylating agent, and is still used as a topical ointment in the treatment of cutaneous lymphomas. Other alkylating agents, such as cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, and cisplatin, are used in cancer protocols worldwide.

We have not seen the last of mustard gas, which made its last acknowledged appearance in the Iran-Iraq war. Frequently, those things that are most destructive can be tamed for medical use.

The next time you have a patient receiving chemotherapy, think back to the roots of the cure. TH

References

  1. Pratt WB, Ruddon RW, Ensminger WD, et al. The Anticancer Drugs. 2nd ed. New York: Oxford University Press; 1994.
  2. Faguet GB. The War on Cancer: An Anatomy of Failure, a Blueprint for the Future. Dordrecht, Netherlands: Springer Press; 2005.
  3. Baguley BC, Kerr DJ, eds. Anticancer Drug Development. New York: Academic Press; 2002.
  4. Goodman LS, Wintrobe MM, Dameshek W, et al. Landmark article Sept. 21, 1946: Nitrogen mustard therapy. Use of methyl-bis(beta-chloroethyl)amine hydrochloride and tris(beta-chloroethyl)amine hydrochloride for Hodgkin’s disease, lymphosarcoma, leukemia and certain allied and miscellaneous disorders. JAMA. 1984;251:2255-2261.
  5. Kazin RA, Lowitt NR, Lowitt MH. Update in dermatology. Ann Intern Med. 2001;135:124-132.
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2007(02)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
From Weapon to Wonder Drug
Display Headline
From Weapon to Wonder Drug
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)